EP1583947A2 - 41 proteines secretees humaines - Google Patents

41 proteines secretees humaines

Info

Publication number
EP1583947A2
EP1583947A2 EP02803305A EP02803305A EP1583947A2 EP 1583947 A2 EP1583947 A2 EP 1583947A2 EP 02803305 A EP02803305 A EP 02803305A EP 02803305 A EP02803305 A EP 02803305A EP 1583947 A2 EP1583947 A2 EP 1583947A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
polypeptide
seq
sequence
antibody
polynucleotide
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP02803305A
Other languages
German (de)
English (en)
Inventor
Craig A. Rosen
Steven M. Ruben
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Human Genome Sciences Inc
Original Assignee
Human Genome Sciences Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Human Genome Sciences Inc filed Critical Human Genome Sciences Inc
Publication of EP1583947A2 publication Critical patent/EP1583947A2/fr
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel proteins. More specifically, isolated nucleic acid molecules are provided encoding novel polypeptides. Novel polypeptides and antibodies that bind to these polypeptides are provided. Also provided are vectors, host cells, and recombinant and synthetic methods for producing human polynucleotides and/or polypeptides, and antibodies. The invention further relates to diagnostic and therapeutic methods useful for diagnosing, treating, preventing and/or prognosing disorders related to these novel polypeptides. The invention further relates to screening methods for identifying agonists and antagonists of polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention. The present invention further relates to methods and/or compositions for inhibiting or enhancing the production and function of the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • sorting signals are amino acid motifs located within the protein, to target proteins to particular cellular organelles.
  • One type of sorting signal directs a class of proteins to an organelle called the endoplasmic reticulum (ER).
  • ER endoplasmic reticulum
  • the ER separates the membrane-bounded proteins from all other types of proteins. Once localized to the ER, both groups of proteins can be further directed to another organelle called the Golgi apparatus.
  • the Golgi distributes the proteins to vesicles, including secretory vesicles, the cell membrane, lysosomes, and the other organelles.
  • Proteins targeted to the ER by a signal sequence can be released into the extracellular space as a secreted protein.
  • vesicles containing secreted proteins can fuse with the cell membrane and release their contents into the extracellular space - a process called exocytosis. Exocytosis can occur constitutively or after receipt of a triggering signal. In the latter case, the proteins are stored in secretory vesicles (or secretory granules) until exocytosis is triggered.
  • proteins residing on the cell membrane can also be secreted into the extracellular space by proteolytic cleavage of a "linker" holding the protein to the membrane.
  • the present invention relates to novel secreted proteins. More specifically, isolated nucleic acid molecules are provided encoding novel secreted polypeptides. Novel polypeptides and antibodies that bind to these polypeptides are provided. Also provided are vectors, host cells, and recombinant and synthetic methods for producing human polynucleotides and/or polypeptides, and antibodies. The invention further relates to diagnostic and therapeutic methods useful for diagnosing, treating, preventing and/or prognosing disorders related to these novel polypeptides. The invention further relates to screening methods for identifying agonists and antagonists of polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention. The present invention further relates to methods and/or compositions for inhibiting or enhancing the production and function of the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • Table IA summarizes information concerning certain polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention.
  • the first column provides the gene number in the application for each clone identifier.
  • the second column provides a unique clone identifier, "Clone ID”, for a cDNA clone related to each contig sequence disclosed in Table IA.
  • Third column the cDNA Clones identified in the second column were deposited as indicated in the third column (i.e. by ATCC Deposit Number and deposit date). Some of the deposits contain multiple different clones corresponding to the same gene.
  • “Vector” refers to the type of vector contained in the corresponding cDNA Clone identified in the second column.
  • nucleotide sequence identified as "NT SEQ ID NO:X” was assembled from partially homologous ("overlapping") sequences obtained from the corresponding cDNA clone identified in the second column and, in some cases, from additional related cDNA clones.
  • the overlapping sequences were assembled into a single contiguous sequence of high redundancy (usually three to five overlapping sequences at each nucleotide position), resulting in a final sequence identified as SEQ ID NO:X.
  • Total NT Seq refers to the total number of nucleotides in the contig sequence identified as SEQ TD NO:X.”
  • the deposited clone may contain all or most of these sequences, reflected by the nucleotide position indicated as "5' NT of Clone Seq.” (seventh column) and the "3' NT of Clone Seq.” (eighth column) of SEQ ID NO:X.
  • nucleotide position of SEQ ID NO:X of the putative start codon is identified as "5' NT of Start Codon.”
  • nucleotide position of SEQ ID NO:X of the predicted signal sequence is identified as "5' NT of First AA of Signal Pep.”
  • the translated amino acid sequence, beginning with the methionine is identified as "AA SEQ ID NON,” although other reading frames can also be routinely translated using known molecular biology techniques. The polypeptides produced by these alternative open reading frames are specifically contemplated by the present invention.
  • the first and last amino acid position of SEQ ID ⁇ O:Y of the predicted signal peptide is identified as "First AA of Sig Pep" and "Last AA of Sig Pep.”
  • the predicted first amino acid position of SEQ ID NO:Y of the secreted portion is identified as "Predicted First AA of Secreted Portion”.
  • the amino acid position of SEQ ID NO:Y of the last amino acid encoded by the open reading frame is identified in the fifteenth column as "Last AA of ORF”.
  • SEQ ID NO:X (where X may be any of the polynucleotide sequences disclosed in the sequence listing) and the translated SEQ ID NO:Y (where Y may be any of the polypeptide sequences disclosed in the sequence listing) are sufficiently accurate and otherwise suitable for a variety of uses well known in the art and described further below.
  • SEQ ID NO:X is useful for designing nucleic acid hybridization probes that will detect nucleic acid sequences contained in SEQ ID NO:X or the cDNA contained in the deposited clone. These probes will also hybridize to nucleic acid molecules in biological samples, thereby enabling a variety of forensic and diagnostic methods of the invention.
  • polypeptides identified from SEQ ID NO:Y may be used, for example, to generate antibodies which bind specifically to proteins containing the polypeptides and the secreted proteins encoded by the cDNA clones identified in Table 1 A and/or elsewhere herein
  • DNA sequences generated by sequencing reactions can contain sequencing errors.
  • the errors exist as misidentified nucleotides, or as insertions or deletions of nucleotides in the generated DNA sequence.
  • the erroneously inserted or deleted nucleotides cause frame shifts in the reading frames of the predicted amino acid sequence.
  • the predicted amino acid sequence diverges from the actual amino acid sequence, even though the generated DNA sequence may be greater than 99.9% identical to the actual DNA sequence (for example, one base insertion or deletion in an open reading frame of over 1000 bases).
  • the present invention provides not only the generated nucleotide sequence identified as SEQ ID NO:X, and the predicted translated amino acid sequence identified as SEQ ID NON, but also a sample of plasmid D ⁇ A containing a human cD ⁇ A of the invention deposited with the ATCC, as set forth in Table IA.
  • the nucleotide sequence of each deposited plasmid can readily be determined by sequencing the deposited plasmid in accordance with known methods
  • amino acid sequence of the protein encoded by a particular plasmid can also be directly determined by peptide sequencing or by expressing the protein in a suitable host cell containing the deposited human cD ⁇ A, collecting the protein, and determining its sequence.
  • Table IA Also provided in Table IA is the name of the vector which contains the cD ⁇ A plasmid. Each vector is routinely used in the art. The following additional information is provided for convenience.
  • phagemid pBS may be excised from the Lambda Zap and Uni-Zap XR vectors, and phagemid pBK may be excised from the Zap Express vector. Both phagemids may be transformed into E. coli strain XL-1 Blue, also available from Stratagene.
  • Vectors pSportl, pCMVSport 1.0, pCMVSport 2.0 and pCMVSport 3.0 were obtained from Life Technologies, h e, P. O. Box 6009, Gaithersburg, MD 20897. All Sport vectors contain an ampicillin resistance gene and may be transformed into E. coli strain DH10B, also available from Life Technologies. See, for instance, Gruber, C. E., et al., Focus 15:59 (1993). Vector lafrnid BA (Bento Soares, Columbia University, New York, NY) contains an ampicillin resistance gene and can be transformed into E. coli strain XL-1 Blue.
  • Vector pCR ® 2.1 which is available from Invitrogen, 1600 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008, contains an ampicillin resistance gene and may be transformed into E. coli strain DH10B, available from Life Technologies. See, for instance, Clark, J. M., Nuc. Acids Res. 16:9611-9686 (1988) and Mead, D. et al, Bio/Technology 9: (1991).
  • the present invention also relates to the genes corresponding to SEQ ID NO:X, SEQ ID NO:Y, and/or a deposited cDNA (Clone ID).
  • the corresponding gene can be isolated in accordance with known methods using the sequence information disclosed herein. Such methods include, but are not limited to, preparing probes or primers from the disclosed sequence and identifying or amplifying the corresponding gene from appropriate sources of genomic material. Also provided in the present invention are allelic variants, orthologs, and/or species homologs.
  • Procedures known in the art can be used to obtain full-length genes, allelic variants, splice variants, full-length coding portions, orthologs, and/or species homologs of genes corresponding to SEQ ID NO:X and SEQ ID NO:Y using information from the sequences disclosed herein or the clones deposited with the ATCC.
  • allelic variants and/or species homologs may be isolated and identified by making suitable probes or primers from the sequences provided herein and screening a suitable nucleic acid source for allelic variants and/or the desired homologue.
  • the present invention provides a polynucleotide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:X and/or a cDNA contained in ATCC Deposit No.Z.
  • the present invention also provides a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively, consisting of, the polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO:Y, a polypeptide encoded by SEQ ID NO:X, and/or a polypeptide encoded by a cDNA contained in ATCC deposit No.Z.
  • Polynucleotides encoding a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of the polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO:Y, a polypeptide encoded by SEQ ID NO:X and/or a polypeptide encoded by the cDNA contained in ATCC Deposit No.Z, are also encompassed by the invention.
  • the present invention further encompasses a polynucleotide comprising, or alternatively consisting of the complement of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:X, and/or the complement of the coding strand of the cDNA contained in ATCC Deposit No.Z.
  • Table IB summarizes some of the polynucleotides encompassed by the invention (including cDNA clones related to the sequences (Clone ID), contig sequences (contig identifier (Contig ID:) and contig nucleotide sequence identifier (SEQ ID NO:X)) and further summarizes certain characteristics of these polynucleotides and the polypeptides encoded thereby.
  • the first column provides the gene number in the application for each clone identifier.
  • the second column provides a unique clone identifier, "Clone ID", for a cDNA clone related to each contig sequence disclosed in Table IA and/or IB.
  • the third column provides a unique contig identifier, "Contig ID:” for each of the contig sequences disclosed in Table IB.
  • the fourth column provides the sequence identifier, "SEQ ID NO:X”, for each of the contig sequences disclosed in Table IA and/or IB.
  • the fifth column “ORF (From- To)", provides the location (i.e., nucleotide position numbers) within the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X that delineate the preferred open reading frame (ORF) that encodes the amino acid sequence shown in the sequence listing and referenced in Table IB as SEQ ID NO:Y (column 6).
  • polypeptides of the invention comprise, or alternatively consist of, one, two, three, four, five or more of the predicted epitopes described in Table IB. It will be appreciated that depending on the analytical criteria used to predict antigenic determinants, the exact address of the determinant may vary slightly.
  • Column 8 “Tissue Distribution” shows the expression profile of tissue, cells, and/or cell line libraries which express the polynucleotides of the invention. The first number in column 8 (preceding the colon), represents the tissue/cell source identifier code corresponding to the key provided in Table 4. Expression of these polynucleotides was not observed in the other tissues and/or cell libraries tested.
  • the second number in column 8 represents the number of times a sequence corresponding to the reference polynucleotide sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO:X) was identified in the tissue/cell source.
  • tissue/cell source identifier codes in which the first two letters are "AR” designate information generated using DNA array technology. Utilizing this technology, cDNAs were amplified by PCR and then transferred, in duplicate, onto the array. Gene expression was assayed through hybridization of first strand cDNA probes to the DNA array. cDNA probes were generated from total RNA extracted from a variety of different tissues and cell lines.
  • Probe synthesis was performed in the presence of 33 P dCTP, using oligo(dT) to prime reverse transcription. After hybridization, high stringency washing conditions were employed to remove non-specific hybrids from the array. The remaining signal, emanating from each gene target, was measured using a Phosphorimager. Gene expression was reported as Phosphor Stimulating Luminescence (PSL) which reflects the level of phosphor signal generated from the probe hybridized to each of the gene targets represented on the array. A local background signal subtraction was performed before the total signal generated from each array was used to normalize gene expression between the different hybridizations. The value presented after "[array code]:" represents the mean of the duplicate values, following background subtraction and probe normalization.
  • PSL Phosphor Stimulating Luminescence
  • the present invention encompasses a method of treating a disease or disorder listed in the "FEATURES OF PROTEIN” sections (below) and also as listed in the "Preferred Indications” column of Table 1C (below); comprising administering to a patient in which such treatment, prevention, or amelioration is desired a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) represented by Table IA and Table 1C (in the same row as the disease or disorder to be treated is listed in the "Preferred Indications" column of Table 1C) in an amount effective to treat, prevent, or ameliorate the disease or disorder.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists, or antagonists of the present invention can be used in assays to test for one or more biological activities. If these polynucleotides and polypeptides do exhibit activity in a particular assay, it is likely that these molecules may be involved in the diseases associated with the biological activity. Thus, the polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists thereof (including antibodies) could be used to treat the associated disease.
  • the present invention encompasses methods of preventing, treating, diagnosing, or ameliorating a disease or disorder.
  • the present invention encompasses a method of treating a disease or disorder listed in the "Preferred Indications" column of Table IC; comprising administering to a patient in which such treatment, prevention, or amelioration is desired a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) in an amount effective to treat, prevent, diagnose, or ameliorate the disease or disorder.
  • the first and seccond columns of Table IC show the "Gene No.” and "Clone ID”, respectively, indicating certain nucleic acids and proteins (or antibodies against the same) of the invention (including polynucleotide, polypeptide, and antibody fragments or variants thereof) that may be used in preventing, treating, diagnosing, or ameliorating the disease(s) or disorder(s) indicated in the corresponding row in Column 3 of Table IC.
  • the present invention also encompasses methods of preventing, treating, diagnosing, or ameliorating a disease or disorder listed in the "Preferred Indications" column of Table IC; comprising administering to a patient combinations of the proteins, nucleic acids, or antibodies of the invention (or fragments or variants thereof), sharing similar indications as shown in the corresponding rows in Column 3 of Table 1 C.
  • the "Preferred Indication” column describes diseases, disorders, and/or conditions that may be treated, prevented, diagnosed, or ameliorated by a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof).
  • nucleic acid and protein, or antibody against the same, of the invention may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., leukemias, cancers, and/or as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders”).
  • neoplastic diseases e.g., leukemias, cancers, and/or as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders”
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., leukemias, cancers, and/or as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders”).
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g
  • a neoplasm located in a tissue selected from the group consisting of: colon, abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, liver, pancreas, prostate, peritoneum, lung, blood (e.g., leukemia), endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), uterus, eye, head and neck, nervous (central and peripheral), lymphatic system, pelvic, skin, soft tissue, spleen, thoracic, and urogenital.
  • a tissue selected from the group consisting of: colon, abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, liver, pancreas, prostate, peritoneum, lung, blood (e.g., leukemia), endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), uterus, eye, head and neck, nervous (central and peripheral), lymphatic system, pelvic, skin, soft tissue,
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) having a "Cancer” recitation in the "Preferred Indication” column of Table IC may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a pre-neoplastic condition, selected from the group consisting of: hyperplasia (e.g., endometrial hyperplasia and/or as described in the section entitled "Hyperproliferative Disorders"), metaplasia (e.g., connective tissue metaplasia, atypical metaplasia, and/or as described in the section entitled "Hyperproliferative Disorders”), and/or dysplasia (e.g., cervical dysplasia, and bronchopulmonary dysplasia).
  • hyperplasia e.g., endometrial hyperplasia and/or as described in the section entitled "Hyperproliferative Disorders”
  • metaplasia e.g., connective tissue metaplasia
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) having a "Cancer” recitation in the "Preferred Indication” column of Table IC may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a benign dysproliferative disorder selected from the group consisting of: benign tumors, fibrocystic conditions, tissue hypertrophy, and/or as described in the section entitled "Hyperproliferative Disorders".
  • Immuno Hematopoietic indicates that the corresponding nucleic acid and protein, or antibody against the same, of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof), may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders"), blood disorders (e.g., as described below under “Immune Activity” "Cardiovascular Disorders” and/or “Blood-Related Disorders”), and infections (e.g., as described below under "Infectious Disease”).
  • neoplastic diseases e.g., as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders”
  • blood disorders e.g., as described below under "Immune Activity” "Cardiovascular Disorders” and/or “Blood-Related Disorders”
  • infections e.g., as described below under "Infectious Disease”
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) having the "Immune/Hematopoietic" recitation in the "Preferred Indication” column of Table IC may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of: anemia, pancytopenia, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, leukemias, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, acute lymphocytic anemia (ALL), plasmacytomas, multiple myeloma, Burkitt's lymphoma, arthritis, asthma, AIDS, autoimmune disease, rheumatoid arthritis, granulomatous disease, immune deficiency, inflammatory bowel disease, sepsis, neutropenia, neutrophilia, psoriasis, immune reactions to transplanted organs and tissues, systemic lupus erythematos
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) having a "Reproductive" recitation in the "Preferred Indication” column of Table IC maybe used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of: cryptorchism, prostatitis, inguinal hernia, varicocele, leydig cell tumors, verrucous carcinoma, prostatitis, malacoplakia, Peyronie's disease, penile carcinoma, squamous cell hyperplasia, dysmenorrhea, ovarian adenocarcinoma, Turner's syndrome, mucopurulent cervicitis, Sertoli-leydig tumors, ovarian cancer, uterine cancer, pelvic inflammatory disease, testicular cancer, prostate cancer, Klinefelter's syndrome, Young's syndrome, premature ejaculation, diabetes mellitus, cystic fibrosis, Kartagener'
  • nucleic acid and protein, or antibody against the same, of the invention may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders"), and disorders of the immune system (e.g., as described below under "hnmiine Activity”).
  • neoplastic diseases e.g., as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders”
  • disorders of the immune system e.g., as described below under "hnmiine Activity”
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) having a "Musculoskeletal" recitation in the "Preferred Indication” column of Table IC may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of: bone cancers (e.g., osteochondromas, benign chondromas, chondroblastoma, chondromyxoid fibromas, osteoid osteomas, giant cell tumors, multiple myeloma, osteosarcomas), Paget's Disease, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, osteomyelitis, Lyme Disease, gout, bursitis, tendonitis, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, muscular dystrophy, mitochondrial myopathy, cachexia, and multiple sclerosis.
  • bone cancers e.g., osteochondromas, benign chondromas, chondroblasto
  • Cardiovascular in the "Preferred Indication” column indicates that the corresponding nucleic acid and protein, or antibody against the same, of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof), may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders"), and disorders of the cardiovascular system (e.g., as described below under "Cardiovascular Disorders”).
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders"), and disorders of the cardiovascular system (e.g., as described below under “Cardiovascular Disorders”).
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and
  • a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of: myxomas, fibromas, rhabdomyomas, cardiovascular abnormalities (e.g., congenital heart defects, cerebral arteriovenous malformations, septal defects), heart disease (e.g., heart failure, congestive heart disease, arrhythmia, tachycardia, fibrillation, pericardial Disease, endocarditis), cardiac arrest, heart valve disease (e.g., stenosis, regurgitation, prolapse), vascular disease (e.g., hypertension, coronary artery disease, angina, aneurysm, arteriosclerosis, peripheral vascular disease), hyponatremia, hypernatremia, hypokalemia, and hyperkalemia.
  • cardiovascular abnormalities e.g., congenital heart defects, cerebral arteriovenous malformations, septal defects
  • heart disease e.g., heart failure, congestive heart disease, arrhythmia, tachycardia, fibrillation, pericardial
  • Mated Fetal in the "Preferred Indication” column indicates that the corresponding nucleic acid and protein, or antibody against the same, of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof), may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders").
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) having a "Mixed Fetal" recitation in the "Preferred Indication” column of Table IC may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of: spina bifida, hydranencephaly, neurofibromatosis, fetal alcohol syndrome, diabetes mellitus, PKU, Down's syndrome, Patau syndrome, Edwards syndrome, Turner syndrome, Apert syndrome, Carpenter syndrome, Conradi syndrome, Crouzon syndrome, cutis laxa, Cornelia de Lange syndrome, Ellis-van Creveld syndrome, Holt-Oram syndrome, Kartagener syndrome, Meckel-Gruber syndrome, Noonan syndrome, Pallister-Hall syndrome, Rubinstein-Taybi syndrome, Scimitar syndrome, Smith-Lemli-Opitz syndrome, thromocytopenia-absent radius (TAR) syndrome, Tre
  • nucleic acid and protein, or antibody against the same, of the invention may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders") and renal disorders (e.g., as described below under “Renal Disorders”).
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders") and renal disorders (e.g., as described below under “Renal Disorders”).
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders") and renal disorders (e
  • bladder cancer bladder cancer
  • prostate cancer benign prostatic hyperplasia
  • bladder disorders e.g., urinary incontinence, urinary retention, urinary obstruction, urinary tract Infections, interstitial cystitis, prostatitis, neurogenic bladder, hematuria
  • renal disorders e.g., hydronephrosis, proteinuria, renal failure, pyelonephritis, urolithiasis, reflux nephropathy, and unilateral obstructive uropathy.
  • Neurological/Sensory in the "Preferred Indication” column indicates that the corresponding nucleic acid and protein, or antibody against the same, of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof), may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., as described below under “Hype roliferative Disorders”) and diseases or disorders of the nervous system (e.g., as described below under "Neural Activity and Neurological Diseases”).
  • neoplastic diseases e.g., as described below under "Hype roliferative Disorders”
  • Nerval Activity and Neurological Diseases e.g., as described below under "Neural Activity and Neurological Diseases”.
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) having a "Neural/Sensory" recitation in the "Preferred Indication” column of Table IC may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of: brain cancer (e.g., brain stem glioma, brain tumors, central nervous system (Primary) lymphoma, central nervous system lymphoma, cerebellar astrocytoma, and cerebral astrocytoma, neurodegenerative disorders (e.g., Alzheimer's Disease, Creutzfeldt- Jakob Disease, Parkinson's Disease, and Idiopathic Presenile Dementia), encephalomyelitis, cerebral malaria, meningitis, metabolic brain diseases (e.g., phenylketonuria and pyravate carboxylase deficiency), cerebellar ataxia, ataxia telangiectasia
  • brain cancer
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) having a "Respiratory" recitation in the "Preferred Indication” column of Table IC maybe used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of: cancers of the respiratory system such as larynx cancer, pharynx cancer, trachea cancer, epiglottis cancer, lung cancer, squamous cell carcinomas, small cell (oat cell) carcinomas, large cell carcinomas, and adenocarcinomas.
  • cancers of the respiratory system such as larynx cancer, pharynx cancer, trachea cancer, epiglottis cancer, lung cancer, squamous cell carcinomas, small cell (oat cell) carcinomas, large cell carcinomas, and adenocarcinomas.
  • Allergic reactions cystic fibrosis, sarcoidosis, histiocytosis X, infiltrative lung diseases (e.g., pulmonary fibrosis and lymphoid interstitial pneumonia), obstructive airway diseases (e.g., asthma, emphysema, chronic or acute bronchitis), occupational lung diseases (e.g., silicosis and asbestosis), pneumonia, and pleurisy.
  • infiltrative lung diseases e.g., pulmonary fibrosis and lymphoid interstitial pneumonia
  • obstructive airway diseases e.g., asthma, emphysema, chronic or acute bronchitis
  • occupational lung diseases e.g., silicosis and asbestosis
  • pneumonia e.g., silicosis and asbestosis
  • Endocrine in the "Preferred Indication” column indicates that the corresponding nucleic acid and protein, or antibody against the same, of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof), may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders") and diseases or disorders of the respiratory system (e.g., as described below under “Respiratory Disorders”), renal disorders (e.g., as described below under “Renal Disorders”), and disorders of the endocrine system (e.g., as described below under "Endocrine Disorders”.
  • neoplastic diseases e.g., as described below under "Hyperproliferative Disorders”
  • diseases or disorders of the respiratory system e.g., as described below under "Respiratory Disorders”
  • renal disorders e.g., as described below under “Renal Disorders”
  • disorders of the endocrine system
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) having an "Endocrine” recitation in the "Preferred Indication” column of Table IC maybe used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of: cancers of endocrine tissues and organs (e.g., cancers of the hypothalanius, pituitary gland, thyroid gland, parathyroid glands, pancreas, adrenal glands, ovaries, and testes), diabetes (e.g., diabetes insipidus, type I and type II diabetes mellitus), obesity, disorders related to pituitary glands (e.g., hype ⁇ ituitarism, hypopituitarism, and pituitary dwarfism), hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, goiter, reproductive disorders (e.g.
  • cancers of endocrine tissues and organs e.g., cancers of the hypothalanius, pituitary
  • kidney cancer e.g., hypernephroma, transitional cell cancer, and Wilm's tumor
  • diabetic nephropathy e.g., interstitial nephritis
  • polycystic kidney disease e.g., glomerulonephritis (e.g., IgM mesangial proliferative glomerulonephritis and glomerulonephritis caused by autoimmune disorders; such as Goodpasture's syndrome), and nephrocalcinosis.
  • nucleic acid and protein, or antibody against the same, of the invention may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., as described below under “Hype ⁇ roliferative Disorders”) and diseases or disorders of the gastrointestinal system (e.g., as described below under "Gastrointestinal Disorders”.
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) having a "Digestive" recitation in the "Preferred Indication” column of Table IC may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of: ulcerative colitis, appendicitis, Crohn's disease, hepatitis, hepatic encephalopathy, portal hypertension, cholelithiasis, cancer of the digestive system (e.g., biliary tract cancer, stomach cancer, colon cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, cancer of the bile duct, tumors of the colon (e.g., polyps or cancers), and cirrhosis), pancreatitis, ulcerative disease, pyloric stenosis, gastroenteritis, gastritis, gastric atropy, benign tumors of the duodenum, distension, irritable bowel syndrome, malabso
  • connection/Epithelial in the "Preferred Indication” column indicates that the corresponding nucleic acid and protein, or antibody against the same, of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof), may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate diseases and/or disorders relating to neoplastic diseases (e.g., as described below under "Hype ⁇ roliferative Disorders"), cellular and genetic abnormalities (e.g., as described below under "Diseases at the Cellular Level "), angiogenesis (e.g., as described below under “Anti-Angiogenesis Activity "), and or to promote or inhibit regeneration (e.g., as described below under “Regeneration "), and wound healing (e.g., as described below under “Wound Healing and Epithelial Cell Proliferation”).
  • neoplastic diseases e.g., as described below under "Hype ⁇ roliferative Disorders”
  • cellular and genetic abnormalities e.g., as described below under “Diseases at
  • a protein, nucleic acid, or antibody of the invention (or fragment or variant thereof) having a "Connective/Epithelial" recitation in the "Preferred Indication” column of Table IC may be used for example, to diagnose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of: connective tissue metaplasia, mixed connective tissue disease, focal epithelial hype ⁇ lasia, epithelial metaplasia, mucoepithelial dysplasia, graft v.
  • Table 2 summarizes homology and features of some of the polypeptides of the invention.
  • the first column provides a unique clone identifier, "Clone ID”, corresponding to a cDNA clone disclosed in Table IA or IB.
  • the second column provides the unique contig identifier, "Contig ID:” corresponding to contigs in Table IB and allowing for correlation with the information in Table IB.
  • the third column provides the sequence identifier, "SEQ ID NO:X”, for the contig polynucleotide sequence.
  • the fourth column provides the analysis method by which the homology/identity disclosed in the Table was determined.
  • NR non-redundant protein database
  • PFAM protein families
  • polypeptides of the invention comprise, or alternatively consist of, an amino acid sequence encoded by a polynucleotide in SEQ ID NO:X as delineated in columns 8 and 9, or fragments or variants thereof.
  • Table 3 provides polynucleotide sequences that may be disclaimed according to certain embodiments of the invention.
  • the first column provides a unique clone identifier, "Clone ID”, for a cDNA clone related to contig sequences disclosed in Table IB.
  • the second column provides the sequence identifier, "SEQ ID NO:X”, for contig sequences disclosed in Table IA and/or IB.
  • the third column provides the unique contig identifier, "Contig ID:”, for contigs disclosed in Table IB.
  • the fourth column provides a unique integer 'a' where 'a' is any integer between 1 and the final nucleotide minus 15 of SEQ ID NO:X
  • the fifth column provides a unique integer 'b' where 'b' is any integer between 15 and the final nucleotide of SEQ ID NO:X, where both a and b correspond to the positions of nucleotide residues shown in SEQ ID NO:X, and where b is greater than or equal to a + 14.
  • the uniquely defined integers can be substituted into the general formula of a-b, and used to describe polynucleotides which may be preferably excluded from the invention.
  • preferably excluded from the invention are at least one, two, three, four, five, ten, or more of the polynucleotide sequence(s) having the accession number(s) disclosed in the sixth column of this Table (including for example, published sequence in connection with a particular BAC clone), hi further embodiments, preferably excluded from the invention are the specific polynucleotide sequence(s) contained in the clones corresponding to at least one, two, three, four, five, ten, or more of the available material having the accession numbers identified in the sixth column of this Table (including for example, the actual sequence contained in an identified BAC clone).
  • Table 4 provides a key to the tissue/cell source identifier code disclosed in Table IB, column 8.
  • Column 1 provides the tissue/cell source identifier code disclosed in Table IB, Column 8.
  • Columns 2-5 provide a description of the tissue or cell source. Codes corresponding to diseased tissues are indicated in column 6 with the word "disease". The use of the word "disease" in column 6 is non-limiting.
  • the tissue or cell source may be specific (e.g. a neoplasm), or may be disease-associated (e.g., a tissue sample from a normal portion of a diseased organ).
  • tissues and/or cells lacking the "disease" designation may still be derived from sources directly or indirectly involved in a disease state or disorder, and therefore may have a further utility in that disease state or disorder.
  • the tissue/cell source is a library
  • column 7 identifies the vector used to generate the library.
  • Table 5 provides a key to the OMIM reference identification numbers disclosed in Table IB, column 10.
  • OMIM reference identification numbers (Column 1) were derived from Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man (Online Mendelian
  • isolated refers to material removed from its original environment (e.g., the natural environment if it is naturally occurring), and thus is altered “by the hand of man” from its natural state.
  • an isolated polynucleotide could be part of a vector or a composition of matter, or could be contained within a cell, and still be “isolated” because that vector, composition of matter, or particular cell is not the original environment of the polynucleotide.
  • isolated does not refer to genomic or cDNA libraries, whole cell total or mRNA preparations, genomic DNA preparations (including those separated by electrophoresis and transferred onto blots), sheared whole cell genomic DNA preparations or other compositions where the art demonstrates no distinguishing features of the polynucleotide/sequences of the present invention.
  • a "secreted” protein refers to those proteins capable of being directed to the ER, secretory vesicles, or the extracellular space as a result of a signal sequence, as well as those proteins released into the extracellular space without necessarily containing a signal sequence. If the secreted protein is released into the extracellular space, the secreted protein can undergo extracellular processing to produce a "mature" protein. Release into the extracellular space can occur by many mechanisms, including exocytosis and proteolytic cleavage.
  • a "polynucleotide” refers to a molecule having a nucleic acid sequence contained in SEQ ID NO:X (as described in column 5 of Table IA), or cDNA clone (as described in column 2 of Table 1 A and contained within a pool of plasmids deposited with the ATCC in ATCC Deposit No:Z).
  • the polynucleotide can contain the nucleotide sequence of the full length cDNA sequence, including the 5' and 3' untranslated sequences, the coding region, with or without a natural or artificial signal sequence, the protein coding region, as well as fragments, epitopes, domains, and variants of the nucleic acid sequence.
  • polypeptide refers to a molecule having an amino acid sequence encoded by a polynucleotide of the invention as broadly defined (obviously excluding poly- Phenylalanine or poly-Lysine peptide sequences which result from translation of a polyA tail of a sequence corresponding to a cDNA).
  • a representative plasmid containing the sequence of SEQ ID NO:X was deposited with the American Type Culture Collection ("ATCC") and/or described in Table 1 A. As shown in Table 1 A, each cDNA is identified by a cDNA clone identifier and the ATCC Deposit Number (ATCC Deposit No:Z). Plasmids that were pooled and deposited as a single deposit have the same ATCC Deposit Number.
  • the ATCC is located at 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Virginia 20110-2209, USA. The ATCC deposit was made pursuant to the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the international recognition of the deposit of microorganisms for pu ⁇ oses of patent procedure.
  • a "polynucleotide” of the present invention also includes those polynucleotides capable of hybridizing, under stringent hybridization conditions, to sequences contained in SEQ ID NO:X, or the complement thereof (e.g., the complement of any one, two, three, four, or more of the polynucleotide fragments described herein) and/or sequences of the cDNA contained in the deposited clone (e.g., the complement of any one, two, three, four, or more of the polynucleotide fragments described herein).
  • “Stringent hybridization conditions” refers to an overnight incubation at 42 degree C in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5x SSC (750 mM NaCl, 75 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 ⁇ g/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in O.lx SSC at about 65 degree C.
  • nucleic acid molecules that hybridize to the polynucleotides of the present invention at lower stringency hybridization conditions. Changes in the stringency of hybridization and signal detection are primarily accomplished through the manipulation of formamide concentration (lower percentages of formamide result in lowered stringency); salt conditions, or temperature.
  • washes performed following stringent hybridization can be done at higher salt concentrations (e.g. 5X SSC).
  • blocking reagents include Denhardt's reagent, BLOTTO, heparin, denatured salmon sperm DNA, and commercially available proprietary formulations.
  • the inclusion of specific blocking reagents may require modification of the hybridization conditions described above, due to problems with compatibility.
  • polynucleotide which hybridizes only to polyA+ sequences (such as any 3' terminal polyA+ tract of a cDNA shown in the sequence listing), or to a complementary stretch of T (or U) residues, would not be included in the definition of "polynucleotide,” since such a polynucleotide would hybridize to any nucleic acid molecule containing a poly (A) stretch or the complement thereof (e.g., practically any double-stranded cDNA clone generated using oligo dT as a primer).
  • polynucleotides of the present invention can be composed of any polyribonucleotide or polydeoxribonucleotide, which may be unmodified RNA or DNA or modified RNA or DNA.
  • polynucleotides can be composed of single- and double-stranded DNA, DNA that is a mixture of single- and double- stranded regions, single- and double-stranded RNA, and RNA that is mixture of single- and double-stranded regions, hybrid molecules comprising DNA and RNA that may be single-stranded or, more typically, double-stranded or a mixture of single- and double-stranded regions.
  • polynucleotide can be composed of triple-stranded regions comprising RNA or DNA or both RNA and DNA.
  • a polynucleotide may also contain one or more modified bases or DNA or RNA backbones modified for stability or for other reasons.
  • Modified bases include, for example, tritylated bases and unusual bases such as inosine.
  • a variety of modifications can be made to DNA and RNA; thus, "polynucleotide” embraces chemically, enzymatically, or metabolically modified forms.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention are at least 15, at least 30, at least 50, at least 100, at least 125, at least 500, or at least 1000 continuous nucleotides but are less than or equal to 300 kb, 200 kb, 100 kb, 50 kb, 15 kb, 10 kb, 7.5kb, 5 kb, 2.5 kb, 2.0 kb, or 1 kb, in length.
  • polynucleotides of the invention comprise a portion of the coding sequences, as disclosed herein, but do not comprise all or a portion of any intron.
  • the polynucleotides comprising coding sequences do not contain coding sequences of a genomic flanking gene (i.e., 5' or 3' to the gene of interest in the genome). In other embodiments, the polynucleotides of the invention do not contain the coding sequence of more than 1000, 500, 250, 100, 50, 25, 20, 15, 10, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 genomic flanking gene(s).
  • SEQ ID NO:X refers to a polynucleotide sequence described in column 5 of Table IA, while “SEQ ID NO:Y” refers to a polypeptide sequence described in column 10 of Table IA. SEQ ID NO:X is identified by an integer specified in column
  • polypeptide sequence SEQ ID NO: Y is a translated open reading frame (ORF) encoded by polynucleotide SEQ ID NO:X.
  • ORF open reading frame
  • the polynucleotide sequences are shown in the sequence listing immediately followed by all of the polypeptide sequences.
  • a polypeptide sequence corresponding to polynucleotide sequence SEQ ID NO:2 is the first polypeptide sequence shown in the sequence listing.
  • the second polypeptide sequence corresponds to the polynucleotide sequence shown as SEQ ID NO:3, and so on.
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be composed of amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds, i.e., peptide isosteres, and may contain amino acids other than the 20 gene-encoded amino acids.
  • the polypeptides may be modified by either natural processes, such as posttranslational processing, or by chemical modification techniques which are well known in the art. Such modifications are well described in basic texts and in more detailed monographs, as well as in a voluminous research literature. Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains and the amino or carboxyl termini.
  • polypeptides may be branched, for example, as a result of ubiquitination, and they may be cyclic, with or without branching. Cyclic, branched, and branched cyclic polypeptides may result from posttranslation natural processes or may be made by synthetic methods. Modifications include acetylation, acylation.
  • polypeptides of the invention can be prepared in any suitable manner.
  • Such polypeptides include isolated naturally occurring polypeptides, recombinantly produced polypeptides, synthetically produced polypeptides, or polypeptides produced by a combination of these methods. Means for preparing such polypeptides are well understood in the art.
  • the polypeptides may be in the form of the secreted protein, including the mature form, or may be a part of a larger protein, such as a fusion protein (see below). It is often advantageous to include an additional amino acid sequence which contains secretory or leader sequences, pro-sequences, sequences which aid in purification, such as multiple histidine residues, or an additional sequence for stability during recombinant production.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention are preferably provided in an isolated form, and preferably are substantially purified.
  • a recombinantly produced version of a polypeptide, including the secreted polypeptide can be substantially purified using techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, for example, by the one-step method described in Smith and Johnson, Gene 67:31-40 (1988).
  • Polypeptides of the invention also can be purified from natural, synthetic or recombinant sources using techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, for example, antibodies of the invention raised against the polypeptides of the present invention in methods which are well known in the art.
  • a polypeptide demonstrating a "functional activity” is meant, a polypeptide capable of displaying one or more known functional activities associated with a full- length (complete) protein of the invention.
  • Such functional activities include, but are not limited to, biological activity, antigenicity [ability to bind (or compete with a polypeptide for binding) to an anti-polypeptide antibody], immunogenicity (ability to generate antibody which binds to a specific polypeptide of the invention), ability to form multimers with polypeptides of the invention, and ability to bind to a receptor or ligand for a polypeptide.
  • a polypeptide having functional activity refers to polypeptides exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical to, an activity of a polypeptide of the present invention, including mature forms, as measured in a particular assay, such as, for example, a biological assay, with or without dose dependency, hi the case where dose dependency does exist, it need not be identical to that of the polypeptide, but rather substantially similar to the dose-dependence in a given activity as compared to the polypeptide of the present invention (i.e., the candidate polypeptide will exhibit greater activity or not more than about 25-fold less and, preferably, not more than about tenfold less activity, and most preferably, not more than about three-fold less activity relative to the polypeptide of the present invention).
  • polypeptides, and fragments, variants derivatives, and analogs thereof can be assayed by various methods.
  • various immunoassays known in the art can be used, including but not limited to, competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), "sandwich” immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, gel diffusion precipitation reactions, immunodiffusion assays, in situ immunoassays (using colloidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels, for example), western blots, precipitation reactions, agglutination assays (e.g., gel agglutination assays, hemagglutination assays), complement fixation assays, immunofluorescence assay
  • antibody binding is detected by detecting a label on the primary antibody.
  • the primary antibody is detected by detecting binding of a secondary antibody or reagent to the primary antibody.
  • the secondary antibody is labeled. Many means are known in the art for detecting binding in an immunoassay and are within the scope of the present invention.
  • binding can be assayed, e.g., by means well-known in the art, such as, for example, reducing and non-reducing gel chromatography, protein affinity chromatography, and affinity blotting. See generally, Phizicky, E., et al, Microbiol. Rev. 59:94-123 (1995).
  • physiological correlates polypeptide of the present invention binding to its substrates can be assayed.
  • assays described herein may routinely be applied to measure the ability of polypeptides of the present invention and fragments, variants derivatives and analogs thereof to elicit polypeptide related biological activity (either in vitro or in vivo).
  • Other methods will be known to the skilled artisan and are within the scope of the invention.
  • HNSES94 14 1306632 1 - 566 15 - 580 AX035346.
  • HHMSF21 15 1306648 1 - 493 15 - 507 BE042458, and AC004876.
  • polypeptides of the invention can be prepared in any suitable manner.
  • Such polypeptides include isolated naturally occurring polypeptides, recombinantly produced polypeptides, synthetically produced polypeptides, or polypeptides produced by a combination of these methods. Means for preparing such polypeptides are well understood in the art.
  • polypeptides may be in the form of the secreted protein, including the mature form, or may be a part of a larger protein, such as a fusion protein (see below). It is often advantageous to include an additional amino acid sequence which contains secretory or leader sequences, pro-sequences, sequences which aid in purification , such as multiple histidine residues, or an additional sequence for stability during recombinant production.
  • polypeptides of the present invention are preferably provided in an isolated form, and preferably are substantially purified.
  • a recombinantly produced version of a polypeptide, including the secreted polypeptide can be substantially purified using techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, for example, by the one-step method described in Smith and Johnson, Gene 67:31-40 (1988).
  • Polypeptides of the invention also can be purified from natural, synthetic or recombinant sources using techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, for example, antibodies of the invention raised against the secreted protein.
  • the present invention provides a polynucleotide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:X, and/or a cDNA contained in ATCC deposit Z.
  • the present invention also provides a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively, consisting of, the polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO:Y and/or a polypeptide encoded by the cDNA contained in ATCC deposit Z.
  • Polynucleotides encoding a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of the polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO:Y and/or a polypeptide sequence encoded by the cDNA contained in ATCC deposit Z are also encompassed by the invention.
  • the present invention also encompasses mature forms of the polypeptide having the polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO:Y and/or the polypeptide sequence encoded by the cDNA in a deposited clone.
  • Polynucleotides encoding the mature forms are also encompassed by the invention.
  • proteins secreted by mammalian cells have a signal or secretary leader sequence which is cleaved from the mature protein once export of the growing protein chain across the rough endoplasmic reticulum has been initiated.
  • cleavage of a secreted protein is not entirely uniform, which results in two or more mature species of the protein. Further, it has long been known that cleavage specificity of a secreted protein is ultimately determined by the primary structure of the complete protein, that is, it is inherent in the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide.
  • the present invention provides secreted polypeptides having a sequence shown in SEQ ID NON which have an ⁇ -terminus beginning within 5 residues (i.e., + or - 5 residues) of the predicted cleavage point.
  • SEQ ID NON sequence shown in SEQ ID NON which have an ⁇ -terminus beginning within 5 residues (i.e., + or - 5 residues) of the predicted cleavage point.
  • cleavage of the signal sequence from a secreted protein is not entirely uniform, resulting in more than one secreted species.
  • the signal sequence identified by the above analysis may not necessarily predict the naturally occurring signal sequence.
  • the naturally occurring signal sequence may be further upstream from the predicted signal sequence.
  • the predicted signal sequence will be capable of directing the secreted protein to the ER.
  • the present invention provides the mature protein produced by expression of the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X and/or the polynucleotide sequence contained in the cDNA of a deposited clone, in a mammalian cell (e.g., COS cells, as desribed below).
  • a mammalian cell e.g., COS cells, as desribed below.
  • the present invention is directed to variants of the polynucleotide sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO:X, the complementary strand thereto, and/or the cDNA sequence contained in a deposited clone.
  • the present invention also encompasses variants of the polypeptide sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO:Y and/or encoded by a deposited clone.
  • Variant refers to a polynucleotide or polypeptide differing from the polynucleotide or polypeptide of the present invention, but retaining essential properties thereof. Generally, variants are overall closely similar, and, in many regions, identical to the polynucleotide or polypeptide of the present invention.
  • the present invention is also directed to nucleic acid molecules which comprise, or alternatively consist of, a nucleotide sequence which is at least 80%), 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to, for example, the nucleotide coding sequence in SEQ ID NO:X or the complementary strand thereto, the nucleotide coding sequence contained in a deposited cDNA clone or the complementary strand thereto, a nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide of SEQ ID NON, a nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide encoded by the cD ⁇ A contained in a deposited clone, and/or polynucleotide fragments of any of these nucleic acid molecules (e.g., those fragments described herein).
  • Polynucleotides which hybridize to these nucleic acid molecules under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency conditions are also encompassed by the invention, as are polypeptides encoded by
  • the present invention is also directed to polypeptides which comprise, or alternatively consist of, an amino acid sequence which is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%o, 98%, 99% identical to, for example, the polypeptide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: Y, the polypeptide sequence encoded by the cDNA contained in a deposited clone, and/or polypeptide fragments of any of these polypeptides (e.g., those fragments described herein).
  • nucleic acid having a nucleotide sequence at least, for example, 95% "identical" to a reference nucleotide sequence of the present invention it is intended that the nucleotide sequence of the nucleic acid is identical to the reference sequence except that the nucleotide sequence may include up to five point mutations per each 100 nucleotides of the reference nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide.
  • nucleic acid having a nucleotide sequence at least 95% identical to a reference nucleotide sequence up to 5% of the nucleotides in the reference sequence may be deleted or substituted with another nucleotide, or a number of nucleotides up to 5% of the total nucleotides in the reference sequence may be inserted into the reference sequence.
  • the query sequence may be an entire sequence shown in Table 1 A, the ORF (open reading frame), or any fragment specified as described herein.
  • nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to a nucleotide sequence of the presence invention can be determined conventionally using known computer programs.
  • a preferred method for determining the best overall match between a query sequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a subject sequence, also referred to as a global sequence alignment, can be determined using the FASTDB computer program based on the algorithm of Brutlag et al. (Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245(1990)).
  • a sequence alignment the query and subject sequences are both DNA sequences.
  • An RNA sequence can be compared by converting U's to T's.
  • the result of said global sequence alignment is in percent identity.
  • the percent identity is corrected by calculating the number of bases of the query sequence that are 5' and 3' of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned, as a percent of the total bases of the query sequence. Whether a nucleotide is matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDB sequence alignment.
  • This percentage is then subtracted from the percent identity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the specified parameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score.
  • This corrected score is what is used for the purposes of the present invention. Only bases outside the 5' and 3' bases of the subject sequence, as displayed by the FASTDB alignment, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence, are calculated for the purposes of manually adjusting the percent identity score.
  • a 90 base subject sequence is aligned to a 100 base query sequence to determine percent identity.
  • the deletions occur at the 5' end of the subject sequence and therefore, the FASTDB alignment does not show a matched/alignment of the first 10 bases at 5' end.
  • the 10 unpaired bases represent 10% of the sequence (number of bases at the 5' and 3' ends not matched/total number of bases in the query sequence) so 10% is subtracted from the percent identity score calculated by the FASTDB program. If the remaining 90 bases were perfectly matched the final percent identity would be 90%.
  • a 90 base subject sequence is compared with a 100 base query sequence.
  • deletions are internal deletions so that there are no bases on the 5' or 3' of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query.
  • percent identity calculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected.
  • bases 5 ' and 3' of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence are manually corrected for. No other manual corrections are to made for the purposes of the present invention.
  • a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least, for example, 95% "identical" to a query amino acid sequence of the present invention it is intended that the amino acid sequence of the subject polypeptide is identical to the query sequence except that the subject polypeptide sequence may include up to five amino acid alterations per each 100 amino acids of the query amino acid sequence, h other words, to obtain a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least 95%> identical to a query amino acid sequence, up to 5% of the amino acid residues in the subject sequence may be inserted, deleted, (indels) or substituted with another amino acid.
  • These alterations of the reference sequence may occur at the amino or carboxy terminal positions of the reference amino acid sequence or anywhere between those terminal positions, interspersed either individually among residues in the reference sequence or in one or more contiguous groups within the reference sequence.
  • any particular polypeptide is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 91%, 98% or 99% identical to, for instance, an amino acid sequences shown in Table 1 A (SEQ ID NO:Y) or to the amino acid sequence encoded by cDNA contained in a deposited clone can be determined conventionally using known computer programs.
  • a preferred method for determing the best overall match between a query sequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a subject sequence also referred to as a global sequence alignment, can be determined using the FASTDB computer program based on the algorithm of Brutlag et al. (Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245(1990)).
  • the query and subject sequences are either both nucleotide sequences or both amino acid sequences.
  • the result of said global sequence alignment is in percent identity.
  • Penalty l
  • Window Size 500 or the length of the subject amino acid sequence, whichever is shorter. If the subject sequence is shorter than the query sequence due to N- or C- terminal deletions, not because of internal deletions, a manual correction must be made to the results. This is because the FASTDB program does not account for N- and C-terminal truncations of the subject sequence when calculating global percent identity.
  • the percent identity is corrected by calculating the number of residues of the query sequence that are N- and C-terminal of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned with a corresponding subject residue, as a percent of the total bases of the query sequence. Whether a residue is matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDB sequence alignment. This percentage is then subtracted from the percent identity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the specified parameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score. This final percent identity score is what is used for the purposes of the present invention.
  • a 90 amino acid residue subject sequence is aligned with a 100 residue query sequence to determine percent identity.
  • the deletion occurs at the N- terminus of the subject sequence and therefore, the FASTDB alignment does not show a matching/alignment of the first 10 residues at the N-terminus.
  • the 10 unpaired residues represent 10% of the sequence (number of residues at the N- and C- termini not matched/total number of residues in the query sequence) so 10% is subtracted from the percent identity score calculated by the FASTDB program. If the remaining 90 residues were perfectly matched the final percent identity would be 90%.
  • a 90 residue subject sequence is compared with a 100 residue query sequence.
  • deletions are internal deletions so there are no residues at the N- or C-termini of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query.
  • percent identity calculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected.
  • residue positions outside the N- and C-terminal ends of the subject sequence, as displayed in the FASTDB alignment, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequnce are manually corrected for. No other manual corrections are to made for the purposes of the present invention.
  • the variants may contain alterations in the coding regions, non-coding regions, or both.
  • polynucleotide variants containing alterations which produce silent substitutions, additions, or deletions, but do not alter the properties or activities of the encoded polypeptide are preferred.
  • variants in which 5-10, 1-5, or 1-2 amino acids are substituted, deleted, or added in any combination are also preferred.
  • Polynucleotide variants can be produced for a variety of reasons, e.g., to optimize codon expression for a particular host
  • Naturally occurring variants are called "allelic variants," and refer to one of several alternate forms of a gene occupying a given locus on a chromosome of an organism. (Genes U, Lewin, B., ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York (1985).) These allelic variants can vary at either the polynucleotide and/or polypeptide level and are included in the present invention. Alternatively, non-naturally occurring variants may be produced by mutagenesis techniques or by direct synthesis.
  • variants may be generated to improve or alter the characteristics of the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • one or more amino acids can be deleted from the N-te ⁇ ninus or C-terminus of the secreted protein without substantial loss of biological function.
  • Interferon gamma exhibited up to ten times higher activity after deleting 8-10 amino acid residues from the carboxy terminus of this protein. (Dobeli et al., J. Biotechnology 7:199-216 (1988).)
  • the invention further includes polypeptide variants which show substantial biological activity.
  • variants include deletions, insertions, inversions, repeats, and substitutions selected according to general rules known in the art so as have little effect on activity. For example, guidance concerning how to make phenotypically silent amino acid substitutions is provided in Bowie et al., Science 247:1306-1310 (1990), wherein the authors indicate that there are two main strategies for studying the tolerance of an amino acid sequence to change.
  • the first strategy exploits the tolerance of amino acid substitutions by natural selection during the process of evolution. By comparing amino acid sequences in different species, conserved amino acids can be identified. These conserved amino acids are likely important for protein function. In contrast, the amino acid positions where substitutions have been tolerated by natural selection indicates that these positions are not critical for protein function. Thus, positions tolerating amino acid substitution could be modified while still maintaining biological activity of the protein.
  • the second strategy uses genetic engineering to introduce amino acid changes at specific positions of a cloned gene to identify regions critical for protein function. For example, site directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (introduction of single alanine mutations at every residue in the molecule) can be used. (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081-1085 (1989).) The resulting mutant molecules can then be tested for biological activity.
  • tolerated conservative amino acid substitutions involve replacement of the aliphatic or hydrophobic amino acids Ala, Val, Leu and He; replacement of the hydroxyl residues Ser and Thr; replacement of the acidic residues Asp and Glu; replacement of the amide residues Asn and Gin, replacement of the basic residues Lys, Arg, and His; replacement of the aromatic residues Phe, Tyr, and Trp, and replacement of the small-sized amino acids Ala, Ser, Thr, Met, and Gly.
  • variants of the present invention include (i) substitutions with one or more of the non-conserved amino acid residues, where the substituted amino acid residues may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code, or (ii) substitution with one or more of amino acid residues having a substituent group, or (iii) fusion of the mature polypeptide with another compound, such as a compound to increase the stability and/or solubility of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol), or (iv) fusion of the polypeptide with additional amino acids, such as, for example, an IgG Fc fusion region peptide, or leader or secretory sequence, or a sequence facilitating purification or (v) fusion of the polypeptide with another compound, such as albumin (including, but not limited to, recombinant albumin (see, e.g., U.S.
  • a further embodiment of the invention relates to a polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of the present invention having an amino acid sequence which contains at least one amino acid substitution, but not more than 50 amino acid substitutions, even more preferably, not more than 40 amino acid substitutions, still more preferably, not more than 30 amino acid substitutions, and still even more preferably, not more than 20 amino acid substitutions.
  • a peptide or polypeptide to have an aniino acid sequence which comprises the amino acid sequence of the present invention, which contains at least one, but not more than 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 amino acid substitutions, hi specific embodiments, the number of additions, substitutions, and/or deletions in the amino acid sequence of the present invention or fragments thereof (e.g., the mature form and/or other fragments described herein), is 1-5, 5-10, 5-25, 5-50, 10-50 or 50-150, conservative amino acid substitutions are preferable.
  • the present invention is also directed to polynucleotide fragments of the polynucleotides of the invention.
  • a "polynucleotide fragment” refers to a short polynucleotide having a nucleic acid sequence which: is a portion of that contained in a deposited clone, or encoding the polypeptide encoded by the cDNA in a deposited clone; is a portion of that shown in SEQ ID NO:X or the complementary strand thereto, or is a portion of a polynucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:Y.
  • the nucleotide fragments of the invention are preferably at least about 15 nt, and more preferably at least about 20 nt, still more preferably at least about 30 nt, and even more preferably, at least about 40 nt, at least about 50 nt, at least about 75 nt, or at least about 150 nt in length.
  • a fragment "at least 20 nt in length,” for example, is intended to include 20 or more contiguous bases from the cDNA sequence contained in a deposited clone or the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:X.
  • “about” includes the particularly recited value, a value larger or smaller by several (5, 4, 3, 2, or 1) nucleotides, at either terminus or at both termini.
  • nucleotide fragments have uses that include, but are not limited to, as diagnostic probes and primers as discussed herein. Of course, larger fragments (e.g., 50, 150, 500, 600, 2000 nucleotides) are preferred.
  • representative examples of polynucleotide fragments of the invention include, for example, fragments comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a sequence from about nucleotide number 1-50, 51-100, 101-150, 151-200, 201-250, 251-300, 301-350, 351-400, 401-450, 451-500, 501-550, 551-600, 651-700, 701-750, .751-800, 800-850, 851-900, 901-950, 951-1000, 1001-1050, 1051-1100, 1101-1150, 1151-1200, 1201-1250, 1251-1300, 1301-1350, 1351-1400, 1401-1450, 1451-1500, 1501-1550, 1551-1600, 1601
  • these fragments encode a polypeptide which has biological activity. More preferably, these polynucleotides can be used as probes or primers as discussed herein. Polynucleotides which hybridize to these nucleic acid molecules under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency conditions are also encompassed by the invention, as are polypeptides encoded by these polynucleotides.
  • a "polypeptide fragment" refers to an amino acid sequence which is a portion of that contained in SEQ ID NO:Y or encoded by the cDNA contained in a deposited clone.
  • Protein (polypeptide) fragments may be "freestanding," or comprised within a larger polypeptide of which the fragment forms a part or region, most preferably as a single continuous region.
  • Representative examples of polypeptide fragments of the invention include, for example, fragments comprising, or alternatively consisting of, from about amino acid number 1-20, 21-40, 41-60, 61-80, 81-100, 102-120, 121-140, 141-160, or 161 to the end of the coding region.
  • polypeptide fragments can be about 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 amino acids in length, hi this context "about” includes the particularly recited ranges or values, and ranges or values larger or smaller by several (5, 4, 3, 2, or 1) amino acids, at either extreme or at both extremes. Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptides are also encompassed by the invention.
  • Preferred polypeptide fragments include the secreted protein as well as the mature form. Further preferred polypeptide fragments include the secreted protein or the mature form having a continuous series of deleted residues from the amino or the carboxy terminus, or both. For example, any number of amino acids, ranging from 1- 60, can be deleted from the amino terminus of either the secreted polypeptide or the mature form. Similarly, any number of amino acids, ranging from 1-30, can be deleted from the carboxy terminus of the secreted protein or mature form. Furthermore, any combination of the above amino and carboxy terminus deletions are preferred. Similarly, polynucleotides encoding these polypeptide fragments are also preferred!
  • polypeptide and polynucleotide fragments characterized by structural or functional domains, such as fragments that comprise alpha-helix and alpha-helix forming regions, beta-sheet and beta-sheet-forming regions, turn and turn- forming regions, coil and coil-forming regions, hydrophilic regions, hydrophobic regions, alpha amphipathic regions, beta amphipathic regions, flexible regions, surface- forming regions, substrate binding region, and high antigenic index regions.
  • Polypeptide fragments of SEQ ID NON falling within conserved domains are specifically contemplated by the present invention.
  • polynucleotides encoding these domains are also contemplated.
  • polypeptide fragments are biologically active fragments.
  • Biologically active fragments are those exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity of the polypeptide of the present invention.
  • the biological activity of the fragments may include an improved desired activity, or a decreased undesirable activity.
  • Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptide fragments are also encompassed by the invention.
  • the polynucleotide fragments of the invention encode a polypeptide which demonstrates a functional activity.
  • a polypeptide demonstrating a "functional activity” is meant, a polypeptide capable of displaying one or more known functional activities associated with a full-length (complete) polypeptide of invention protein.
  • Such functional activities include, but are not limited to, biological activity, antigenicity [ability to bind (or compete with a polypeptide of the invention for binding) to an antibody to the polypeptide of the invention], immunogenicity (ability to generate antibody which binds to a polypeptide of the invention), ability to form multimers with polypeptides of the invention, and ability to bind to a receptor or ligand for a polypeptide of the invention.
  • polypeptides of the invention and fragments, variants derivatives, and analogs thereof, can be assayed by various methods.
  • various immunoassays known in the art can be used, including but not limited to, competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), "sandwich” immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, gel diffusion precipitation reactions, immunodiffusion assays, in situ immunoassays (using colloidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels, for example), western blots, precipitation reactions, agglutination assays (e.g., gel agglutination assays, hemagglutination assays), complement fixation assays, immunofluorescence assays, protein A assays, and immunoelectrophoresis assays, etc.
  • competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), "sandwich” immunoassays, immunoradiometric
  • antibody binding is detected by detecting a label on the primary antibody, i another embodiment, the primary antibody is detected by detecting binding of a secondary antibody or reagent to the primary antibody, hi a further embodiment, the secondary antibody is labeled.
  • Many means are known in the art for detecting binding in an immunoassay and are within the scope of the present invention.
  • binding can be assayed, e.g., by means well-known in the art, such as, for example, reducing and non-reducing gel chromatography, protein affinity chromatography, and affinity blotting.
  • physiological correlates of binding of a polypeptide of the invention to its substrates can be assayed.
  • assays described herein see Examples and otherwise known in the art may routinely be applied to measure the ability of polypeptides of the invention and fragments, variants derivatives and analogs thereof to elicit related biological activity related to that of the polypeptide of the invention (either in vitro or in vivo). Other methods will be known to the skilled artisan and are within the scope of the invention.
  • the present invention encompasses polypeptides comprising, or alternatively consisting of, an epitope of the polypeptide having an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NON, or an epitope of the polypeptide sequence encoded by a polynucleotide sequence contained in ATCC deposit No. Z or encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridizes to the complement of the sequence of SEQ ID NO:X or contained in ATCC deposit No. Z under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency hybridization conditions as defined supra.
  • the present invention further encompasses polynucleotide sequences encoding an epitope of a polypeptide sequence of the invention (such as, for example, the sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO:X), polynucleotide sequences of the complementary strand of a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of the invention, and polynucleotide sequences which hybridize to the complementary strand under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency hybridization conditions defined supra.
  • epitopes refers to portions of a polypeptide having antigenic or immunogenic activity in an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably in a human, h a preferred embodiment, the present invention encompasses a polypeptide comprising an epitope, as well as the polynucleotide encoding this polypeptide.
  • Ah "immunogenic epitope,” as used herein, is defined as a portion of a protein that elicits an antibody response in an animal, as determined by any method known in the art, for example, by the methods for generating antibodies described infra. (See, for example, Geysen et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • antigenic epitope is defined as a portion of a protein to which an antibody can immunospecifically bind its antigen as determined by any method well known in the art, for example, by the immunoassays described herein, hnmunospecific binding excludes non-specific binding but does not necessarily exclude cross- reactivity with other antigens. Antigenic epitopes need not necessarily be immunogenic.
  • Fragments which function as epitopes may be produced by any conventional means. (See, e.g., Houghten, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:5131-5135 (1985), further described in U.S. Patent No. 4,631 ,211).
  • antigenic epitopes preferably contain a sequence of at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, more preferably at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 11, at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, and, most preferably, between about 15 to about 30 amino acids.
  • Preferred polypeptides comprising immunogenic or antigenic epitopes are at least 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 amino acid residues in length.
  • Additional non-exclusive preferred antigenic epitopes include the antigenic epitopes disclosed herein, as well as portions thereof.
  • Antigenic epitopes are useful, for example, to raise antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies, that specifically bind the epitope.
  • Preferred antigenic epitopes include the antigenic epitopes disclosed herein, as well as any combination of two, three, four, five or more of these antigenic epitopes.
  • Antigenic epitopes can be used as the target molecules in immunoassays. (See, for instance, Wilson et al., Cell 37:767-778 (1984); Sutcliffe et al., Science 219:660-666 (1983)).
  • immunogenic epitopes can be used, for example, to induce antibodies according to methods well known in the art.
  • immunogenic epitopes include the imnrunogenic epitopes disclosed herein, as well as any combination of two, three, four, five or more of these immunogenic epitopes.
  • the polypeptides comprising one or more immunogenic epitopes may be presented for eliciting an antibody response together with a carrier protein, such as an albumin, to an animal system (such as rabbit or mouse), or, if the polypeptide is of sufficient length (at least about 25 amino acids), the polypeptide may be presented without a carrier.
  • a carrier protein such as an albumin
  • immunogenic epitopes comprising as few as 8 to 10 amino acids have been shown to be sufficient to raise antibodies capable of binding to, at the very least, linear epitopes in a denatured polypeptide (e.g., in Western blotting).
  • Epitope-bearing polypeptides of the present invention may be used to induce antibodies according to methods well known in the art including, but not limited to, in vivo immunization, in vitro immunization, and phage display methods. See, e.g., Sutcliffe et al., supra; Wilson et al., supra, and Bittle et al., J. Gen. Virol., 66:2347- 2354 (1985).
  • animals may be immunized with free peptide; however, anti-peptide antibody titer may be boosted by coupling the peptide to a macromolecular carrier, such as keyhole limpet hemacyanin (KLH) or tetanus toxoid.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemacyanin
  • peptides containing cysteine residues may be coupled to a carrier using a linker such as maleimidobenzoyl- N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS), while other peptides may be coupled to carriers using a more general linking agent such as glutaraldehyde.
  • Animals such as rabbits, rats and mice are immunized with either free or carrier- coupled peptides, for instance, by infraperitoneal and/or intradermal injection of emulsions containing about 100 ⁇ g of peptide or carrier protein and Freund's adjuvant or any other adjuvant known for stimulating an immune response.
  • booster injections may be needed, for instance, at intervals of about two weeks, to provide a useful titer of anti-peptide antibody which can be detected, for example, by ELISA assay using free peptide adsorbed to a solid surface.
  • the titer of anti-peptide antibodies in serum from an immunized animal may be increased by selection of anti-peptide antibodies, for instance, by adsorption to the peptide on a solid support and elution of the selected antibodies according to methods well known in the art.
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be fused to heterologous polypeptide sequences.
  • polypeptides of the present invention may be fused with the constant domain of immunoglobulins (IgA, IgE, IgG, IgM), or portions thereof (CHI, CH2, CH3, or any combination thereof and portions thereof, resulting in chimeric polypeptides.
  • polypeptides and/or antibodies of the present invention may be fused with albumin (including but not limited to recombinant human serum albumin or fragments or variants thereof (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,876,969, issued March 2, 1999, EP Patent 0 413 622, and U.S. Patent No.
  • polypeptides and/or antibodies of the present invention are fused with the mature form of human serum albumin (i.e., amino acids 1 - 585 of human serum albumin as shown in Figures 1 and 2 of EP Patent 0 322 094) which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • polypeptides and/or antibodies of the present invention are fused with polypeptide fragments comprising, or alternatively consisting of, amino acid residues 1-x of human serum albumin, where x is an integer from 1 to 585 and the albumin fragment has human serum albumin activity
  • polypeptides and/or antibodies of the present invention are fused with polypeptide fragments comprising, or alternatively consisting of, amino acid residues 1-z of human serum albumin, where z is an integer from 369 to 419, as described in U.S. Patent 5,766,883 herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Polypeptides and/or antibodies of the present invention may be fused to either the N- or C-terminal end of the heterologous protein (e.g., immixnoglobulin Fc polypeptide or human serum albumin polypeptide).
  • the heterologous protein e.g., immixnoglobulin Fc polypeptide or human serum albumin polypeptide.
  • Polynucleotides encoding fusion proteins of the invention are also encompassed by the invention. Such fusion proteins as those described above may facilitate purification and may increase half-life in vivo. This has been shown for chimeric proteins consisting of the first two domains of the human CD4-polypeptide and various domains of the constant regions of the heavy or light chains of mammalian immunoglobulins.
  • IgG Fusion proteins that have a disulfide-linked dimeric structure due to the IgG portion desulfide bonds have also been found to be more efficient in binding and neutralizing other molecules than monomeric polypeptides or fragments thereof alone.
  • Nucleic acids encoding the above epitopes can also be recombined with a gene of interest as an epitope tag (e.g., the hemagglutinin ("HA") tag or flag tag) to aid in detection and purification of the expressed polypeptide.
  • an epitope tag e.g., the hemagglutinin ("HA") tag or flag tag
  • HA hemagglutinin
  • a system described by Janknecht et al. allows for the ready purification of non-denatured fusion proteins expressed in human cell lines (Janknecht et al., 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:8972- 897).
  • the gene of interest is subcloned into a vaccinia recombination plasmid such that the open reading frame of the gene is translationally fused to an amino-terminal tag consisting of six histidine residues.
  • the tag serves as a matrix binding domain for the fusion protein. Extracts from cells infected with the recombinant vaccinia virus are loaded onto Ni2+ nitriloacetic acid-agarose column and histidine-tagged proteins can be selectively eluted with imidazole-containing buffers.
  • DNA shuffling may be employed to modulate the activities of polypeptides of the invention, such methods can be used to generate polypeptides with altered activity, as well as agonists and antagonists of the polypeptides. See, generally, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,605,793; 5,811,238; 5,830,721; 5,834,252; and 5,837,458, and Patten et al., Curr. Opinion Biotechnol.
  • alteration of polynucleotides corresponding to SEQ ID NO:X and the polypeptides encoded by these polynucleotides may be achieved by DNA shuffling.
  • DNA shuffling involves the assembly of two or more DNA segments by homologous or site-specific recombination to generate variation in the polynucleotide sequence.
  • polynucleotides of the invention may be altered by being subjected to random mutagenesis by error-prone PCR, random nucleotide insertion or other methods prior to recombination.
  • one or more components, motifs, sections, parts, domains, fragments, etc., of a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of the invention may be recombined with one or more components, motifs, sections, parts, domains, fragments, etc. of one or more heterologous molecules.
  • polypeptides of the invention relate to antibodies and T-cell antigen receptors (TCR) which immunospecifically bind a polypeptide, polypeptide fragment, or variant of SEQ ID NON, and/or an epitope, of the present invention (as determined by immunoassays well known in the art for assaying specific antibody- antigen binding).
  • TCR T-cell antigen receptors
  • Antibodies of the invention include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, multispecific, human, humanized or chimeric antibodies, single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, F(ab') fragments, fragments produced by a Fab expression library, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies (including, e.g Craig, anti-Id antibodies to antibodies of the invention), and epitope-binding fragments of any of the above.
  • antibody refers to immxmoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that immunospecifically binds an antigen.
  • the immunoglobulin molecules of the invention can be of any type (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD, IgA and IgY), class (e.g., IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgAl and IgA2) or subclass of immunoglobulin molecule.
  • the immunoglobulin molecules of the invention are IgGl.
  • the immunoglobulin molecules of the invention are IgG4.
  • the antibodies are human antigen-binding antibody fragments of the present invention and include, but are not limited to, Fab, Fab' and F(ab')2, Fd, single-chain Fvs (scFv), single-chain antibodies, disulfide-linked Fvs (sdFv) and fragments comprising either a VL or VH domain.
  • Antigen-binding antibody fragments, including single-chain antibodies may comprise the variable region(s) alone or in combination with the entirety or a portion of the following: hinge region, CHI, CH2, and CH3 domains. Also included in the invention are antigen-binding fragments also comprising any combination of variable region(s) with a hinge region, CHI, CH2, and CH3 domains.
  • the antibodies of the invention may be from any animal origin including birds and mammals.
  • the antibodies are human, murine (e.g., mouse and rat), donkey, ship rabbit, goat, guinea pig, camel, horse, or chicken.
  • "human” antibodies include antibodies having the amino acid sequence of a human immunoglobulin and include antibodies isolated from human immunoglobulin libraries or from animals transgenic for one or more human immunoglobulin and that do not express endogenous immunoglobulins, as described infra and, for example in, U.S. Patent No. 5,939,598 by Kucherlapati et al.
  • the antibodies of the present invention may be monospecific, bispecific, trispecific or of greater multispecificity. Multispecific antibodies may be specific for different epitopes of a polypeptide of the present invention or may be specific for both a polypeptide of the present invention as well as for a heterologous epitope, such as a heterologous polypeptide or solid support material. See, e.g., PCT publications WO 93/17715; WO 92/08802; WO 91/00360; WO 92/05793; Tutt, et al., J. Immunol. .147:60-69 (1991); U.S. Patent Nos. 4,474,893; 4,714,681; 4,925,648; 5,573,920; 5,601,819; Kostelny et al., J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553 (1992).
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be described or specified in terms of the epitope(s) or portion(s) of a polypeptide of the present invention which they recognize or specifically bind.
  • the epitope(s) or polypeptide portion(s) may be specified as described herein, e.g., by N-terminal and C-terminal positions, by size in contiguous amino acid residues, or listed in the Tables and Figures.
  • Antibodies which specifically bind any epitope or polypeptide of the present invention may also be excluded. Therefore, the present invention includes antibodies that specifically bind polypeptides of the present invention, and allows for the exclusion of the same.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may also be described or specified in terms of their cross-reactivity.
  • Antibodies that do not bind any other analog, ortholog, or homo log of a polypeptide of the present invention are included.
  • Antibodies that bind polypeptides with at least 95%, at least 90%, at least 85%, at least 80%, at least 75%, at least 70%, at least 65%, at least 60%, at least 55%, and at least 50% identity (as calculated using methods known in the art and described herein) to a polypeptide of the present invention are also included in the present invention, hi specific embodiments, antibodies of the present invention cross-react with murine, rat and/or rabbit homologs of human proteins and the corresponding epitopes thereof.
  • Antibodies that do not bind polypeptides with less than 95%, less than 90%, less than 85%, less than 80%, less than 75%, less than 70%, less than 65%, less than 60%>, less than 55 >, and less than 50% identity (as calculated using methods known in the art and described herein) to a polypeptide of the present invention are also included in the present invention.
  • the above-described cross-reactivity is with respect to any single specific antigenic or immxmogenic polypeptide, or combination(s) of 2, 3, 4, 5, or more of the specific antigenic and/or immunogenic polypeptides disclosed herein.
  • antibodies which bind polypeptides encoded by polynucleotides which hybridize to a polynucleotide of the present invention under stringent hybridization conditions are also included in the present invention.
  • Preferred binding affinities include those with a dissociation constant or Kd less than 5 X 10 "2 M, 10 "2 M, 5 X 10 "3 M, 10 “3 M, 5 X 10 "4 M, 10 "4 M, 5 X 10 "5 M, 10 “5 M, 5 X 10 "6 M, 10 _6 M, 5 X 10 "7 M, 10 7 M, 5 X 10 "8 M, 10 “8 M, 5 X 10 "9 M, 10 “9 M, 5 X 10 "10 M, 10 “10 M, 5 X 10 “ ⁇ M, 10 " ⁇ M, 5 X 10 "12 M, 10"12 M, 5 X 10 "13 M, 10 "13 M, 5 X 10 "14 M, 10 “14 M, 5 X 10 "15 M, or 10 "15 M.
  • the invention also provides antibodies that competitively inhibit binding of an antibody to an epitope of the invention as determined by any method known in the art for determining competitive binding, for example, the immunoassays described herein.
  • the antibody competitively inhibits binding to the epitope by at least 95%, at least 90%, at least 85 %, at least 80%, at least 75%, at least 70%, at least 60%, or at least 50%.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may act as agonists or antagonists of the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the present invention includes antibodies which disrupt the receptor/ligand interactions with the polypeptides of the invention either partially or fully.
  • antibodies of the present invention bind an antigenic epitope disclosed herein, or a portion thereof.
  • the invention features both receptor-specific antibodies and ligand-specific antibodies.
  • the invention also features receptor-specific antibodies which do not prevent ligand binding but prevent receptor activation. Receptor activation (i.e., signaling) may be determined by techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art.
  • receptor activation can be determined by detecting the phosphorylation (e.g., tyrosine or serine/threonine) of the receptor or its substrate by immunoprecipitation followed by western blot analysis (for example, as described supra).
  • phosphorylation e.g., tyrosine or serine/threonine
  • antibodies are provided that inhibit ligand activity or receptor activity by at least 95%, at least 90%, at least 85%, at least 80%, at least 75%>, at least 70%), at least 60%, or at least 50% of the activity in absence of the antibody.
  • the invention also features receptor-specific antibodies which both prevent ligand binding and receptor activation as well as antibodies that recognize the receptor-ligand complex, and, preferably, do not specifically recognize the unbound receptor or the unbound ligand.
  • receptor-specific antibodies which both prevent ligand binding and receptor activation as well as antibodies that recognize the receptor-ligand complex, and, preferably, do not specifically recognize the unbound receptor or the unbound ligand.
  • neutralizing antibodies which bind the ligand and prevent binding of the ligand to the receptor, as well as antibodies which bind the ligand, thereby preventing receptor activation, but do not prevent the ligand from binding the receptor.
  • antibodies which activate the receptor are also act as receptor agonists, i.e., potentiate or activate either all or a subset of the biological activities of the ligand-mediated receptor activation, for example, by inducing dimerization of the receptor.
  • the antibodies may be specified as agonists, antagonists or inverse agonists for biological activities comprising the specific biological activities of the peptides of the invention disclosed herein.
  • the above antibody agonists can be made using methods known in the art. See, e.g., PCT publication WO 96/40281; U.S. Patent No. 5,811,097; Deng et al., Blood 92(6):1981-1988 (1998); Chen et al., Cancer Res. 58(16):3668-3678 (1998); Harrop et al., J. Immunol. 161(4):1786-1794 (1998); Zhu et al., Cancer Res. 58(15):3209-3214 (1998); Yoon et al, J. Immunol. 160(7):3170- 3179 (1998); Prat et al., J. Cell. Sci. ll l(Pt2):237-247 (1998); Pitard et al., J.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be used, for example, but not limited to, to purify, detect, and target the polypeptides of the present invention, including both in vitro and in vivo diagnostic and therapeutic methods.
  • the antibodies have use in immunoassays for qualitatively and quantitatively measuring levels of the polypeptides of the present invention in biological samples. See, e.g., Harlow et al, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988) (incorporated by reference herein in its entirety).
  • the antibodies of the present invention may be used either alone or in combination with other compositions.
  • the antibodies may further be recombinantly fused to a heterologous polypeptide at the N- or C-terminus or chemically conjugated (including covalently and non-covalently conjugations) to polypeptides or other compositions.
  • antibodies of the present invention may be recombinantly fused or conjugated to molecules useful as labels in detection assays and effector molecules such as heterologous polypeptides, drugs, radionuclides, or toxins. See, e.g., PCT publications WO 92/08495; WO 91/14438; WO 89/12624; U.S. Patent No.
  • the antibodies of the invention include derivatives that are modified, i.e, by the covalent attachment of any type of molecule to the antibody such that covalent attachment does not prevent the antibody from generating an anti-idiotypic response.
  • the antibody derivatives include antibodies that have been modified, e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation, pegylation, phosphylation, amidation, derivatization by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to a cellular ligand or other protein, etc. Any of numerous chemical modifications may be carried out by known techniques, including, but not limited to specific chemical cleavage, acetylation, formylation, metabolic synthesis of tunicamycin, etc. Additionally, the derivative may contain one or more non-classical amino acids.
  • the antibodies of the present invention may be generated by any suitable method known in the art.
  • Polyclonal antibodies to an antigen-of- interest can be produced by various procedures well known in the art.
  • a polypeptide of the invention can be administered to various host animals including, but not limited to, rabbits, mice, rats, etc. to induce the production of sera containing polyclonal antibodies specific for the antigen.
  • adjuvants may be used to increase the immunological response, depending on the host species, and include but are not limited to, Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanins, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjuvants such as BCG (bacille Calmette-Guerin) and corynebacterium parvum. Such adjuvants are also well known in the art.
  • Monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using a wide variety of techniques known in the art including the use of hybridoma, recombinant, and phage display technologies, or a combination thereof.
  • monoclonal antibodies can be produced using hybridoma techniques including those known in the art and taught, for example, in Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling, et al, in: Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681 (Elsevier, NN., 1981) (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties).
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein is not limited to antibodies produced through hybridoma technology.
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody that is derived from a single clone, including any eukaryotic, prokaryotic, or phage clone, and not the method by which it is produced.
  • mice can be immunized with a polypeptide of the invention or a cell expressing such peptide.
  • an immune response e.g., antibodies specific for the antigen are detected in the mouse serum
  • the mouse spleen is harvested and splenocytes isolated.
  • the splenocytes are then fused by well known techniques to any suitable myeloma cells, for example cells from cell line SP20 available from the ATCC. Hybridomas are selected and cloned by limited dilution.
  • hybridoma clones are then assayed by methods known in the art for cells that secrete antibodies capable of binding a polypeptide of the invention.
  • Ascites fluid which generally contains high levels of antibodies, can be generated by immunizing mice with positive hybridoma clones.
  • the present invention provides methods of generating monoclonal antibodies as well as antibodies produced by the method comprising culturing a hybridoma cell secreting an antibody of the invention wherein, preferably, the hybridoma is generated by fusing splenocytes isolated from a mouse immunized with an antigen of the invention with myeloma cells and then screening the hybridomas resulting from the fusion for hybridoma clones that secrete an antibody able to bind a polypeptide of the invention.
  • Antibody fragments which recognize specific epitopes may be generated by known techniques.
  • Fab and F(ab')2 fragments of the invention maybe produced by proteolytic cleavage of immxmoglobulin molecules, using enzymes such as papain (to produce Fab fragments) or pepsin (to produce F(ab')2 fragments).
  • F(ab')2 fragments contain the variable region, the light chain constant region and the CHI domain of the heavy chain.
  • the antibodies of the present invention can also be generated using various phage display methods known in the art.
  • phage display methods functional antibody domains are displayed on the surface of phage particles which carry the polynucleotide sequences encoding them, h a particular embodiment, such phage can be utilized to display antigen binding domains expressed from a repertoire or combinatorial antibody library (e.g., human or murine).
  • Phage expressing an antigen binding domain that binds the antigen of interest can be selected or identified with antigen, e.g., using labeled antigen or antigen bound or captured to a solid surface or bead.
  • Phage used in these methods are typically filamentous phage including fd and Ml 3 binding domains expressed from phage with Fab, Fv or disulfide stabilized Fv antibody domains recombinantly fused to either the phage gene HI or gene Vm protein.
  • Examples of phage display methods that can be used to make the antibodies of the present invention include those disclosed in Brinkman et al., J. Immunol. Methods 182:41-50 (1995); Ames et al., J. Immunol. Methods 184:177-186 (1995); Kettleborough et al., Eur. J. Immunol.
  • a chimeric antibody is a molecule in which different portions of the antibody are derived from different animal species, such as antibodies having a variable region derived from a murine monoclonal antibody and a human immunoglobulin constant region.
  • Methods for producing chimeric antibodies are known in the art. See e.g., Morrison, Science 229:1202 (1985); Oi et al., BioTechniques 4:214 (1986); Gillies et al., (1989) J. Immunol. Methods 125:191-202; U.S. Patent Nos. 5,807,715; 4,816,567; and 4,816397, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • Humanized antibodies are antibody molecules from non-human species antibody that binds the desired antigen having one or more complementarity determining regions (CDRs) from the non- human species and a framework regions from a human immunoglobulin molecule.
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • framework residues in the human framework regions will be substituted with the corresponding residue from the CDR donor antibody to alter, preferably improve, antigen binding.
  • These framework substitutions are identified by methods well known in the art, e.g., by modeling of the interactions of the CDR and framework residues to identify framework residues important for antigen binding and sequence comparison to identify unusual framework residues at particular positions. (See, e.g., Queen et al., U.S. Patent No.
  • Antibodies can be humanized using a variety of techniques known in the art including, for example, CDR-grafting (EP 239,400; PCT publication WO 91/09967; U.S. Patent Nos. 5,225,539; 5,530,101; and 5,585,089), veneering or resurfacing (EP 592,106; EP 519,596; Padlan, Molecular Immunology 28(4/5) :489-498 (1991); Studnicka et al, Protein Engineering 7(6):805-814 (1994); Roguska. et al., PNAS 91:969-973 (1994)), and chain shuffling (U.S. Patent No. 5,565,332).
  • Human antibodies are particularly desirable for therapeutic treatment of human patients.
  • Human antibodies can be made by a variety of methods known in the art including phage display methods described above using antibody libraries derived from human immunoglobulin sequences. See also, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,444,887 and 4,716,111; and PCT publications WO 98/46645, WO 98/50433, WO 98/24893, WO 98/16654, WO 96/34096, WO 96/33735, and WO 91/10741; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Human antibodies can also be produced using transgenic mice which are incapable of expressing functional endogenous immunoglobulins, but which can express human immunoglobulin genes.
  • the human heavy and light chain immunoglobulin gene complexes may be introduced randomly or by homologous recombination into mouse embryonic stem cells.
  • the human variable region, constant region, and diversity region may be introduced into mouse embryonic stem cells in addition to the human heavy and light chain genes.
  • the mouse heavy and light chain immunoglobulin genes maybe rendered nonfunctional separately or simultaneously with the introduction of human immunoglobulin loci by homologous recombination, fn particular, homozygous deletion of the JH region prevents endogenous antibody production.
  • the modified embryonic stem cells are expanded and microinjected into blastocysts to produce chimeric mice.
  • the chimeric mice are then bred to produce homozygous offspring which express human antibodies.
  • the transgenic mice are immunized in the normal fashion with a selected antigen, e.g., all or a portion of a polypeptide of the invention.
  • Monoclonal antibodies directed against the antigen can be obtained from the immunized, transgenic mice using conventional hybridoma technology.
  • the human immunoglobulin fransgenes harbored by the transgenic mice rearrange during B cell differentiation, and subsequently undergo class switching and somatic mutation.
  • Completely human antibodies which recognize a selected epitope can be generated using a technique referred to as "guided selection.”
  • a selected non-human monoclonal antibody e.g., a mouse antibody
  • antibodies to the polypeptides of the invention can, in turn, be utilized to generate anti-idiotype antibodies that "mimic" polypeptides of the invention using techniques well known to those skilled in the art. (See, e.g., Greenspan & Bona, FASEB J. 7(5):437-444; (1989) and Nissinoff, J.
  • antibodies which bind to and competitively inhibit polypeptide multimerization and/or binding of a polypeptide of the invention to a ligand can be used to generate anti-idiotypes that "mimic" the polypeptide multimerization and/or binding domain and, as a consequence, bind to and neutralize polypeptide and/or its ligand.
  • anti-idiotypes or Fab fragments of such anti-idiotypes can be used in therapeutic regimens to neutralize polypeptide ligand.
  • anti-idiotypic antibodies can be used to bind a polypeptide of the invention and/or to bind its ligands/receptors, and thereby block its biological activity.
  • the invention further provides polynucleotides comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding an antibody of the invention and fragments thereof.
  • the invention also encompasses polynucleotides that hybridize under stringent or lower stringency hybridization conditions, e.g., as defined supra, to polynucleotides that encode an antibody, preferably, that specifically binds to a polypeptide of the invention, preferably, an antibody that binds to a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NON.
  • the polynucleotides may be obtained, and the nucleotide sequence of the polynucleotides detennined, by any method known in the art.
  • a polynucleotide encoding the antibody maybe assembled from chemically synthesized oligonucleotides (e.g., as described in Kutmeier et al., BioTechniques 17:242 (1994)), which, briefly, involves the synthesis of overlapping oligonucleotides containing portions of the sequence encoding the antibody, annealing and ligating of those oligonucleotides, and then amplification of the ligated oligonucleotides by PCR.
  • a polynucleotide encoding an antibody may be generated from nucleic acid from a suitable source. If a clone containing a nucleic acid encoding a particular antibody is not available, but the sequence of the antibody molecule is known, a nucleic acid encoding the immunoglobulin may be chemically synthesized or obtained from a suitable source (e.g., an antibody cD ⁇ A library, or a cD ⁇ A library generated from, or nucleic acid, preferably poly A+ R ⁇ A, isolated from, any tissue or cells expressing the antibody, such as hybridoma cells selected to express an antibody of the invention) by PCR amplification using synthetic primers hybridizable to the 3' and 5' ends of the sequence or by cloning using an oligonucleotide probe specific for the particular gene sequence to identify, e.g., a cD ⁇ A clone from a cD ⁇ A library that encodes the antibody.
  • a suitable source e
  • Amplified nucleic acids generated by PCR may then be cloned into replicable cloning vectors using any method well known in the art.
  • the nucleotide sequence and corresponding amino acid sequence of the antibody may be manipulated using methods well known in the art for the manipulation of nucleotide sequences, e.g., recombinant DNA techniques, site directed mutagenesis, PCR, etc.
  • the amino acid sequence of the heavy and/or light chain variable domains may be inspected to identify the sequences of the complementarity determining regions (CDRs) by methods that are well know in the art, e.g., by comparison to known amino acid sequences of other heavy and light chain variable regions to determine the regions of sequence hypervariability.
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • one or more of the CDRs may be inserted within framework regions, e.g., into human framework regions to humanize a non- human antibody, as described supra.
  • the framework regions may be naturally occurring or consensus framework regions, and preferably human framework regions (see, e.g., Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol.
  • the polynucleotide generated by the combination of the framework regions and CDRs encodes an antibody that specifically binds a polypeptide of the invention.
  • one or more amino acid substitutions may be made within the framework regions, and, preferably, the amino acid substitutions improve binding of the antibody to its antigen. Additionally, such methods may be used to make amino acid substitutions or deletions of one or more variable region cysteine residues participating in an intrachain disulfide bond to generate antibody molecules lacking one or more intrachain disulfide bonds.
  • Other alterations to the polynucleotide are encompassed by the present invention and within the skill of the art.
  • a chimeric antibody is a molecule in which different portions are derived from different animal species, such as those having a variable region derived from a murine mAb and a human immunoglobulin constant region, e.g., humanized antibodies.
  • Single chain antibodies are formed by linking the heavy and light chain fragments of the Fv region via an amino acid bridge, resulting in a single chain polypeptide.
  • Techniques for the assembly of functional Fv fragments in E. coli may also be used (Skerra et al., Science 242:1038- 1041 (1988)).
  • the antibodies of the invention can be produced by any method known in the art for the synthesis of antibodies, in particular, by chemical synthesis or preferably, by recombinant expression techniques.
  • an antibody of the invention or fragment, derivative or analog thereof, (e.g., a heavy or light chain of an antibody of the invention or a single chain antibody of the invention), requires construction of an expression vector containing a polynucleotide that encodes the antibody.
  • a polynucleotide encoding an antibody molecule or a heavy or light chain of an antibody, or portion thereof (preferably containing the heavy or light chain variable domain), of the invention has been obtained, the vector for the production of the antibody molecule may be produced by recombinant DNA technology using techniques well known in the art.
  • methods for preparing a protein by expressing a polynucleotide containing an antibody encoding nucleotide sequence are described herein.
  • the invention provides replicable vectors comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding an antibody molecule of the invention, or a heavy or light chain thereof, or a heavy or light chain variable domain, operably linked to a promoter.
  • Such vectors may include the nucleotide sequence encoding the constant region of the antibody molecule (see, e.g., PCT Publication WO 86/05807; PCT Publication WO 89/01036; and U.S. Patent No. 5,122,464) and the variable domain of the antibody may be cloned into such a vector for expression of the entire heavy or light chain.
  • the expression vector is transferred to a host cell by conventional techniques and the fransfected cells are then cultured by conventional techniques to produce an antibody of the invention.
  • the invention includes host cells containing a polynucleotide encoding an antibody of the invention, or a heavy or light chain thereof, or a single chain antibody of the invention, operably linked to a heterologous promoter.
  • vectors encoding both the heavy and light chains may be co-expressed in the host cell for expression of the entire immunoglobulin molecule, as detailed below.
  • host-expression vector systems may be utilized to express the antibody molecules of the invention.
  • Such host-expression systems represent vehicles by which the coding sequences of interest may be produced and subsequently purified, but also represent cells which may, when transformed or fransfected with the appropriate nucleotide coding sequences, express an antibody molecule of the invention in situ.
  • These include but are not limited to microorganisms such as bacteria (e.g., E. coli, B.
  • subtilis transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA, plasmid DNA or cosmid DNA expression vectors containing antibody coding sequences; yeast (e.g., Saccharomyces, Pichia) transformed with recombinant yeast expression vectors containing antibody coding sequences; insect cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus) containing antibody coding sequences; plant cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or transformed with recombinant plasmid expression vectors (e.g., Ti plasmid) containing antibody coding sequences; or mammalian cell systems (e.g., COS, CHO, BHK, 293, 3T3 cells) harboring recombinant expression constructs containing promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells (e.g., metallothionein promoter) or from mamm
  • bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, and more preferably, eukaryotic cells, especially for the expression of whole recombinant antibody molecule, are used for the expression of a recombinant antibody molecule.
  • mammalian cells such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO)
  • CHO Chinese hamster ovary cells
  • a vector such as the major intermediate early gene promoter element from human cytomegalovirus is an effective expression system for antibodies (Foecking et al, Gene 45:101 (1986); Cockett et al., Bio/Technology 8:2 (1990)).
  • a number of expression vectors may be advantageously selected depending upon the use intended for the antibody molecule being expressed.
  • vectors which direct the expression of high levels of fusion protein products that are readily purified may be desirable.
  • Such vectors include, but are not limited, to the E. coli expression vector pUR278 (Ruther et al., EMBO J. 2:1791 (1983)), in which the antibody coding sequence may be ligated individually into the vector in frame with the lac Z coding region so that a fusion protein is produced; pIN vectors (Inouye & hiouye, Nucleic Acids Res. 13:3101-3109 (1985); Van Heeke & Schuster, J. Biol. Chem.
  • pGEX vectors may also be used to express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione S-transferase (GST).
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption and binding to matrix glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione.
  • the pGEX vectors are designed to include thrombin or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the cloned target gene product can be released from the GST moiety.
  • AdNPV Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus
  • the virus grows in Spodoptera frugiperda cells.
  • the antibody coding sequence may be cloned individually into non-essential regions (for example the polyhedrin gene) of the virus and placed under confrol of an AcNPV promoter (for example the polyhedrin promoter).
  • an AcNPV promoter for example the polyhedrin promoter
  • a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized.
  • the antibody coding sequence of interest maybe ligated to an adenovirus transcription translation control complex, e.g., the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. This chimeric gene may then be inserted in the adenovirus genome by in vitro or in vivo recombination.
  • Insertion in a non- essential region of the viral genome will result in a recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing the antibody molecule in infected hosts, (e.g., see Logan & Shenk, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:355-359 (1984)).
  • Specific initiation signals may also be required for efficient translation of inserted antibody coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. Furthermore, the initiation codon must be in phase with the reading frame of the desired coding sequence to ensure translation of the entire insert.
  • These exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be of a variety of origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of appropriate transcription enhancer elements, transcription terminators, etc. (see Bittner et al., Methods in Enzymol. 153:51-544 (1987)).
  • a host cell strain may be chosen which modulates the expression of the inserted sequences, or modifies and processes the gene product in the specific fashion desired. Such modifications (e.g., glycosylation) and processing (e.g., cleavage) of protein products may be important for the function of the protein.
  • Different host cells have characteristic and specific mechanisms for the post- translational processing and modification of proteins and gene products. Appropriate cell lines or host systems can be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein expressed.
  • eukaryotic host cells which possess the cellular machinery for proper processing of the primary transcript, glycosylation, and phosphorylation of the gene product may be used.
  • Such mammalian host cells include but are not limited to CHO, VERY, BHK, Hela, COS, MDCK, 293, 3T3, WI38, and in particular, breast cancer cell lines such as, for example, BT483, Hs578T, HTB2, BT20 and T47D, and normal mammary gland cell line such as, for example, CRL7030 and Hs578Bst.
  • breast cancer cell lines such as, for example, BT483, Hs578T, HTB2, BT20 and T47D
  • normal mammary gland cell line such as, for example, CRL7030 and Hs578Bst.
  • stable expression is preferred.
  • cell lines which stably express the antibody molecule may be engineered.
  • host cells can be transformed with DNA controlled by appropriate expression control elements (e.g., promoter, enhancer, sequences, transcription terminators, polyadenylation sites, etc.), and a selectable marker.
  • appropriate expression control elements e.g., promoter, enhancer, sequences, transcription terminators, polyadenylation sites, etc.
  • engineered cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched media, and then are switched to a selective media.
  • the selectable marker in the recombinant plasmid confers resistance to the selection and allows cells to stably integrate the plasmid into their chromosomes and grow to form foci which in turn can be cloned and expanded into cell lines. This method may advantageously be used to engineer cell lines which express the antibody molecule.
  • Such engineered cell lines may be particularly useful in screening and evaluation of compounds that interact directly or indirectly with the antibody molecule.
  • a number of selection systems may be used, including but not limited to the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler et al., Cell 11 :223 (1977)), hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (Szybalska & Szybalski, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes can be employed in tk-, hgprt- or aprt- cells, respectively.
  • antimetabohte resistance can be used as the basis of selection for the following genes: dhfr, which confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler et al., Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:357 (1980); O'Hare et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • the expression levels of an antibody molecule can be increased by vector amplification (for a review, see Bebbington and Hentschel, The use of vectors based on gene amplification for the expression of cloned genes in mammalian cells in DNA cloning, Vol.3. (Academic Press, New York, 1987)).
  • vector amplification for a review, see Bebbington and Hentschel, The use of vectors based on gene amplification for the expression of cloned genes in mammalian cells in DNA cloning, Vol.3. (Academic Press, New York, 1987)).
  • a marker in the vector system expressing antibody is amplifiable
  • increase in the level of inhibitor present in culture of host cell will increase the number of copies of the marker gene. Since the amplified region is associated with the antibody gene, production of the antibody will also increase (Grouse et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 3:257 (1983)).
  • the host cell may be co-transfected with two expression vectors of the invention, the first vector encoding a heavy chain derived polypeptide and the second vector encoding a light chain derived polypeptide.
  • the two vectors may contain identical selectable markers which enable equal expression of heavy and light chain polypeptides.
  • a single vector may be used which encodes, and is capable of expressing, both heavy and light chain polypeptides. In such situations, the light chain should be placed before the heavy chain to avoid an excess of toxic free heavy chain (Proudfoot, Nature 322:52 (1986); Kohler, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:2197 (1980)).
  • the coding sequences for the heavy and light chains may comprise cDNA or genomic DNA.
  • an antibody molecule of the invention may be purified by any method known in the art for purification of an immunoglobulin molecule, for example, by chromatography (e.g., ion exchange, affinity, particularly by affinity for the specific antigen after Protein A, and sizing column chromatography), centrifugation, differential solubility, or by any other standard technique for the purification of proteins.
  • chromatography e.g., ion exchange, affinity, particularly by affinity for the specific antigen after Protein A, and sizing column chromatography
  • centrifugation e.g., ion exchange, affinity, particularly by affinity for the specific antigen after Protein A, and sizing column chromatography
  • differential solubility e.g., differential solubility, or by any other standard technique for the purification of proteins.
  • the antibodies of the present invention or fragments thereof can be fused to heterologous polypeptide sequences described herein or otherwise known in the art, to facilitate purification.
  • the present invention encompasses antibodies recombinantly fused or chemically conjugated (including both covalently and non-covalently conjugations) to a polypeptide (or portion thereof, preferably at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100 amino acids of the polypeptide) of the present invention to generate fusion proteins.
  • the fusion does not necessarily need to be direct, but may occur through linker sequences.
  • the antibodies may be specific for antigens other than polypeptides (or portion thereof, preferably at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100 amino acids of the polypeptide) of the present invention.
  • antibodies may be used to target the polypeptides of the present invention to particular cell types, either in vitro or in vivo, by fusing or conjugating the polypeptides of the present invention to antibodies specific for particular cell surface receptors.
  • Antibodies fused or conjugated to the polypeptides of the present invention may also be used in in vitro immunoassays and purification methods using methods known in the art. See e.g., Harbor et al., supra, and PCT publication WO 93/21232; EP 439,095; Naramura et al., Immunol. Lett. 39:91-99 (1994); U.S.
  • the present invention further includes compositions comprising the polypeptides of the present invention fused or conjugated to antibody domains other than the variable regions.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may be fused or conjugated to an antibody Fc region, or portion thereof.
  • the antibody portion fused to a polypeptide of the present invention may comprise the constant region, hinge region, CHI domain, CH2 domain, and CH3 domain or any combination of whole domains or portions thereof.
  • the polypeptides may also be fused or conjugated to the above antibody portions to form multimers.
  • Fc portions fused to the polypeptides of the present invention can form dimers through disulfide bonding between the Fc portions.
  • Higher multimeric forms can be made by fusing the polypeptides to portions of IgA and IgM.
  • Methods for fusing or conjugating the polypeptides of the present invention to antibody portions are known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,336,603; 5,622,929; 5,359,046; 5,349,053;
  • polypeptides corresponding to a polypeptide, polypeptide fragment, or a variant of SEQ ID NO: Y may be fused or conjugated to the above antibody portions to increase the in vivo half life of the polypeptides or for use in immunoassays using methods known in the art. Further, the polypeptides corresponding to SEQ ID NO:Y may be fused or conjugated to the above antibody portions to facilitate purification.
  • One reported example describes chimeric proteins consisting of the first two domains of the human CD4-polypeptide and various domains of the constant regions of the heavy or light chains of mammalian immunoglobulins. (EP 394,827; Traunecker et al., Nature 331:84-86 (1988).
  • polypeptides of the present invention fused or conjugated to an antibody having disulfide- linked dimeric structures may also be more efficient in binding and neutralizing other molecules, than the monomeric secreted protein or protein fragment alone.
  • the Fc part in a fusion protein is beneficial in therapy and diagnosis, and thus can result in, for example, improved pharmacokinetic properties.
  • EP A 232,262 Alternatively, deleting the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected, and purified, would be desired.
  • the Fc portion may hinder therapy and diagnosis if the fusion protein is used as an antigen for immunizations, hi drug discovery, for example, human proteins, such as hIL-5, have been fused with Fc portions for the purpose of high-throughput screening assays to identify antagonists of hIL-5.
  • human proteins such as hIL-5
  • Fc portions for the purpose of high-throughput screening assays to identify antagonists of hIL-5.
  • the antibodies or fragments thereof of the present invention can be fused to marker sequences, such as a peptide to facilitate purification, i preferred embodiments, the marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as the tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, hie, 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311), among others, many of which are commercially available.
  • a pQE vector QIAGEN, hie, 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311
  • hexa- histidine provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein.
  • peptide tags useful for purification include, but are not limited to, the "HA” tag, which corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein (Wilson et al., Cell 37:767 (1984)) and the "flag" tag.
  • the present invention further encompasses antibodies or fragments thereof conjugated to a diagnostic or therapeutic agent.
  • the antibodies can be used diagnostically to, for example, monitor the development or progression of a tumor as part of a clinical testing procedure to, e.g., determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling the antibody to a detectable substance.
  • detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, radioactive materials, positron emitting metals using various positron emission tomographies, and nonradioactive paramagnetic metal ions.
  • the detectable substance may be coupled or conjugated either directly to the antibody (or fragment thereof) or indirectly, through an intermediate (such as, for example, a linker known in the art) using techniques known in the art. See, for example, U.S. Patent No.
  • suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include sfreptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin; and examples of suitable radioactive material include 1251, 1311, l l lfri or 99Tc.
  • an antibody or fragment thereof may be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, e.g., a cytostatic or cytocidal agent, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive metal ion, e.g., alpha-emitters such as, for example, 213BL
  • a cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells.
  • Examples include pachtaxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxanfrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1- dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs thereof.
  • Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, sfreptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis- dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.
  • the conjugates of the invention can be used for modifying a given biological response, the therapeutic agent or drug moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents.
  • the drag moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity.
  • proteins may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, a-interferon, ⁇ -interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator, an apoptotic agent, e.g., TNF-alpha, TNF-beta, AIM I (See, International Publication No.
  • a thrombotic agent or an anti- angiogenic agent e.g., angiostatin or endostatin
  • biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 ("IL-1"), interleukin-2 (“IL-2”), interleukin-6 (“IL-6 M ), granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (“G-CSF”), or other growth factors.
  • IL-1 interleukin-1
  • IL-2 interleukin-2
  • IL-6 M interleukin-6
  • GM-CSF granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor
  • G-CSF granulocyte colony stimulating factor
  • Antibodies may also be attached to solid supports, which are particularly useful for immunoassays or purification of the target antigen.
  • solid supports include, but are not limited to, glass, cellulose, polyacrylamide, nylon, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride or polypropylene.
  • Techniques for conjugating such therapeutic moiety to antibodies are well known, see, e.g., Arnon et al., "Monoclonal Antibodies For hnmunotargeting Of Drugs In Cancer Therapy", in Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld et al. (eds.), pp. 243-56 (Alan R. Liss, hie.
  • an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • An antibody, with or without a therapeutic moiety conjugated to it, administered alone or in combination with cytotoxic factor(s) and/or cytokine(s) can be used as a therapeutic.
  • the antibodies of the invention may be utilized for immunophenotyping of cell lines and biological samples.
  • the franslation product of the gene of the present invention may be useful as a cell specific marker, or more specifically as a cellular marker that is differentially expressed at various stages of differentiation and/or maturation of particular cell types.
  • Monoclonal antibodies directed against a specific epitope, or combination of epitopes will allow for the screening of cellular populations expressing the marker.
  • Various techniques can be utilized using monoclonal antibodies to screen for cellular populations expressing the marker(s), and include magnetic separation using antibody-coated magnetic beads, "panning" with antibody attached to a solid matrix (i.e., plate), and flow cytometry (See, e.g., U.S.
  • MRD minimal residual disease
  • GVHD Graft-versus-Host Disease
  • these techniques allow for the screening of hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells capable of undergoing proliferation and/or differentiation, as might be found in human umbilical cord blood.
  • the antibodies of the invention may be assayed for immunospecific binding by any method known in the art.
  • the immunoassays which can be used include but are not limited to competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as western blots, radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), "sandwich” immunoassays, immunoprecipitation assays, precipitin reactions, gel diffusion precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion assays, agglutination assays, complement-fixation assays, immunoradiomefric assays, fluorescent immunoassays, protein A immunoassays, to name but a few.
  • Immunoprecipitation protocols generally comprise lysing a population of cells in a lysis buffer such as RIPA buffer (1% NP-40 or Triton X- 100, 1% sodium deoxycholate, 0.1% SDS, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.01 M sodium phosphate at pH 7.2, 1% Trasylol) supplemented with protein phosphatase and/or protease inhibitors (e.g., EDTA, PMSF, aprotinin, sodium vanadate), adding the antibody of interest to the cell lysate, incubating for a period of time (e.g., 1-4 hours) at 4° C, adding protein A and/or protein G sepharose beads to the cell lysate, incubating for about an hour or more at 4° C, washing the beads in lysis buffer and resuspending the beads in
  • a lysis buffer such as RIPA buffer (1% NP-40 or Triton X- 100, 1% sodium deoxycholate, 0.1% SDS,
  • the ability of the antibody of interest to immunoprecipitate a particular antigen can be assessed by, e.g., western blot analysis.
  • One of skill in the art would be knowledgeable as to the parameters that can be modified to increase the binding of the antibody to an antigen and decrease the background (e.g., pre-clearing the cell lysate with sepharose beads).
  • immunoprecipitation protocols see, e.g., Ausubel et al, eds, 1994, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York at 10.16.1.
  • Western blot analysis generally comprises preparing protein samples, electrophoresis of the protein samples in a polyacrylamide gel (e.g., 8%- 20% SDS- PAGE depending on the molecular weight of the antigen), transferring the protein sample from the polyacrylamide gel to a membrane such as nitrocellulose, PVDF or nylon, blocking the membrane in blocking solution (e.g., PBS with 3% BSA or nonfat milk), washing the membrane in washing buffer (e.g., PBS-Tween 20), blocking the membrane with primary antibody (the antibody of interest) diluted in blocking buffer, washing the membrane in washing buffer, blocking the membrane with a secondary antibody (which recognizes the primary antibody, e.g., an anti-human antibody) conjugated to an enzymatic substrate (e.g., horseradish peroxidase or alkaline phosphatase) or radioactive molecule (e.g., 32P or 1251) diluted in blocking buffer, washing the membrane in wash buffer, and detecting the presence of the antigen.
  • ELISAs comprise preparing antigen, coating the well of a 96 well microtiter plate with the antigen, adding the antibody of interest conjugated to a detectable compound such as an enzymatic substrate (e.g., horseradish peroxidase or alkaline phosphatase) to the well and incubating for a period of time, and detecting the presence of the antigen.
  • a detectable compound such as an enzymatic substrate (e.g., horseradish peroxidase or alkaline phosphatase)
  • a detectable compound such as an enzymatic substrate (e.g., horseradish peroxidase or alkaline phosphatase)
  • the antibody may be coated to the well, hi this case, a second antibody conjugated to a detectable compound may be added following the addition of the antigen of interest to the coated well.
  • ELISAs see, e.g., Ausubel et al, eds, 1994, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York at 11.2.1.
  • the binding affinity of an antibody to an antigen and the off-rate of an antibody-antigen interaction can be determined by competitive binding assays.
  • a competitive binding assay is a radioimmunoassay comprising the incubation of labeled antigen (e.g., 3H or 1251) with the antibody of interest in the presence of increasing amounts of unlabeled antigen, and the detection of the antibody bound to the labeled antigen.
  • labeled antigen e.g., 3H or 1251
  • the affinity of the antibody of interest for a particular antigen and the binding off-rates can be determined from the data by scatchard plot analysis.
  • Competition with a second antibody can also be determined using radioimmxmoassays.
  • the antigen is incubated with antibody of interest conjugated to a labeled compound (e.g., 3H or 1251) in the presence of increasing amounts of an unlabeled second antibody.
  • the present invention is further directed to antibody-based therapies which involve administering antibodies of the invention to an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human, patient for treating one or more of the disclosed diseases, disorders, or conditions.
  • Therapeutic compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, antibodies of the invention (including fragments, analogs and derivatives thereof as described herein) and nucleic acids encoding antibodies of the invention (including fragments, analogs and derivatives thereof and anti-idiotypic antibodies as described herein).
  • the antibodies of the invention can be used to treat, inhibit or prevent diseases, disorders or conditions associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide of the invention, including, but not limited to, any one or more of the diseases, disorders, or conditions described herein.
  • the treatment and/or prevention of diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide of the invention includes, but is not limited to, alleviating symptoms associated with those diseases, disorders or conditions.
  • Antibodies of the invention may be provided in pharmaceutically acceptable compositions as known in the art or as described herein.
  • a summary of the ways in which the antibodies of the present invention may be used therapeutically includes binding polynucleotides or polypeptides of the present invention locally or systemically in the body or by direct cytotoxicity of the antibody, e.g. as mediated by complement (CDC) or by effector cells (ADCC).
  • the antibodies of this invention maybe advantageously utilized in combination with other monoclonal or chimeric antibodies, or with lymphokines or hematopoietic growth factors (such as, e.g., IL-2, IL-3 and IL-7), for example, which serve to increase the number or activity of effector cells which interact with the antibodies.
  • lymphokines or hematopoietic growth factors such as, e.g., IL-2, IL-3 and IL-7
  • the antibodies of the invention maybe administered alone or in combination with other types of treatments (e.g., radiation therapy, chemotherapy, hormonal therapy, immunotherapy and anti-tumor agents).
  • treatments e.g., radiation therapy, chemotherapy, hormonal therapy, immunotherapy and anti-tumor agents.
  • administration of products of a species origin or species reactivity in the case of antibodies
  • human antibodies, fragments derivatives, analogs, or nucleic acids are administered to a human patient for therapy or prophylaxis.
  • polypeptides or polynucleotides of the present invention It is preferred to use high affinity and/or potent in vivo inhibiting and/or neutralizing antibodies against polypeptides or polynucleotides of the present invention, fragments or regions thereof, for both immunoassays directed to and therapy of disorders related to polynucleotides or polypeptides, including fragments thereof, of the present invention.
  • Such antibodies, fragments, or regions will preferably have an affinity for polynucleotides or polypeptides of the invention, including fragments thereof.
  • Preferred binding affinities include those with a dissociation constant or Kd less than 5 X 10 "2 M, 10 "2 M, 5 X 10 "3 M, 10 “3 M, 5 X 10 " 4 M, 10 “4 M, 5 X 10 "5 M, 10 “5 M, 5 X 10 "6 M, 10 “6 M, 5 X lO “7 M, 10 "7 M, 5 X 10 “8 M, 10 “8 M, 5 X 10 "9 M, 10 “9 M, 5 X 10 "10 M, 10 “10 M, 5 X 10 “ ⁇ M, 10 "11 M, 5 X 10 "12 M, 10 “12 M, 5 X 10 "13 M, 10 " 13 M, 5 X 10 "14 M, 10 “14 M, 5 X 10 "15 M, and 10 "15 M.
  • nucleic acids comprising sequences encoding antibodies or functional derivatives thereof, are administered to treat, inhibit or prevent a disease or disorder associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide of the invention, by way of gene therapy.
  • Gene therapy refers to therapy performed by the administration to a subject of an expressed or expressible nucleic acid.
  • the nucleic acids produce their encoded protein that mediates a therapeutic effect.
  • the compound comprises nucleic acid sequences encoding an antibody, said nucleic acid sequences being part of expression vectors that express the antibody or fragments or chimeric proteins or heavy or light chains thereof in a suitable host, h particular, such nucleic acid sequences have promoters operably linked to the antibody coding region, said promoter being inducible or constitutive, and, optionally, tissue- specific.
  • nucleic acid molecules are used in which the antibody coding sequences and any other desired sequences are flanked by regions that promote homologous recombination at a desired site in the genome, thus providing for intrachromosomal expression of the antibody encoding nucleic acids (Koller and Smithies, Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • the expressed antibody molecule is a single chain antibody; alternatively, the nucleic acid sequences include sequences encoding both the heavy and light chains, or fragments thereof, of the antibody.
  • nucleic acids into a patient may be either direct, in which case the patient is directly exposed to the nucleic acid or nucleic acid- carrying vectors, or indirect, in which case, cells are first transformed with the nucleic acids in vitro, then transplanted into the patient. These two approaches are known, respectively, as in vivo or ex vivo gene therapy. hi a specific embodiment, the nucleic acid sequences are directly administered in vivo, where it is expressed to produce the encoded product.
  • microparticle bombardment e.g., a gene gun; Biolistic, Dupont
  • coating lipids or cell-surface receptors or transfecting agents, encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, or microcapsules, or by administering them in linkage to a peptide which is known to enter the nucleus, by administering it in linkage to a ligand subject to receptor-mediated endocytosis (see, e.g., Wu and Wu, J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432 (1987)) (which can be used to target cell types specifically expressing the receptors), etc.
  • nucleic acid-ligand complexes can be formed in which the ligand comprises a fusogenic viral peptide to disrupt endosomes, allowing the nucleic acid to avoid lysosomal degradation
  • the nucleic acid can be targeted in vivo for cell specific uptake and expression, by targeting a specific receptor (see, e.g., PCT Publications WO 92/06180; WO 92/22635; WO92/20316; WO93/14188, WO 93/20221).
  • the nucleic acid can be introduced intracellularly and incorporated within host cell DNA for expression, by homologous recombination (Koller and Smithies, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8932-8935 (1989); Zijlstra et al., Nature 342:435-438 (1989)).
  • viral vectors that contains nucleic acid sequences encoding an antibody of the invention are used.
  • a retro viral vector can be used (see Miller et al., Meth. Enzymol. 217:581-599 (1993)). These refroviral vectors contain the components necessary for the correct packaging of the viral genome and integration into the host cell DNA.
  • the nucleic acid sequences encoding the antibody to be used in gene therapy are cloned into one or more vectors, which facilitates delivery of the gene into a patient.
  • refroviral vectors More detail about refroviral vectors can be found in Boesen et al., Biotherapy 6:291-302 (1994), which describes the use of a refroviral vector to deliver the mdrl gene to hematopoietic stem cells in order to make the stem cells more resistant to chemotherapy.
  • Other references illustrating the use of refroviral vectors in gene therapy are: Clowes et al., J. Clin. Invest. 93:644- 651 (1994); Kiem et al., Blood 83:1467-1473 (1994); Salmons and Gunzberg, Human Gene Therapy 4:129-141 (1993); and Grossman and Wilson, Curr. Opin. in Genetics and Devel. 3:110-114 (1993).
  • Adenoviruses are other viral vectors that can be used in gene therapy. Adenoviruses are especially attractive vehicles for delivering genes to respiratory epithelia. Adenoviruses naturally infect respiratory epithelia where they cause a mild disease. Other targets for adenovirus-based delivery systems are liver, the central nervous system, endothehal cells, and muscle. Adenoviruses have the advantage of being capable of infecting non-dividing cells. Kozarsky and Wilson, Current Opinion in Genetics and Development 3:499-503 (1993) present a review of adenovirus-based gene therapy. Bout et al.
  • adenovirus vectors to transfer genes to the respiratory epithelia of rhesus monkeys.
  • Rosenfeld et al. Science 252:431-434 (1991); Rosenfeld et al., Cell 68:143- 155 (1992); Mastrangeli et al., J. Clin. Invest. 91:225-234 (1993); PCT Publication WO94/12649; and Wang, et al., Gene Therapy 2:775-783 (1995).
  • adenovirus vectors are used.
  • Adeno-associated virus has also been proposed for use in gene therapy (Walsh et al., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 204:289-300 (1993); U.S. Patent No. 5,436,146).
  • Another approach to gene therapy involves transferring a gene to cells in tissue culture by such methods as electroporation, lipofection, calcium phosphate mediated transfection, or viral infection.
  • the method of transfer includes the transfer of a selectable marker to the cells. The cells are then placed under selection to isolate those cells that have taken up and are expressing the transferred gene. Those cells are then delivered to a patient.
  • the nucleic acid is introduced into a cell prior to administration in vivo of the resulting recombinant cell.
  • introduction can be carried out by any method known in the art, including but not limited to transfection, electroporation, microinjection, infection with a viral or bacteriophage vector containing the nucleic acid sequences, cell fusion, chromosome-mediated gene transfer, microcell-mediated gene transfer, spheroplast fusion, etc.
  • Numerous techniques are known in the art for the infroduction of foreign genes into cells (see, e.g., Loeffler and Behr, Meth. Enzymol. 217:599-618 (1993); Cohen et al., Meth. Enzymol.
  • the technique should provide for the stable transfer of the nucleic acid to the cell, so that the nucleic acid is expressible by the cell and preferably heritable and expressible by its cell progeny.
  • the resulting recombinant cells can be delivered to a patient by various methods known in the art.
  • Recombinant blood cells e.g., hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells
  • the amount of cells envisioned for use depends on the desired effect, patient state, etc., and can be determined by one skilled in the art.
  • Cells into which a nucleic acid can be introduced for purposes of gene therapy encompass any desired, available cell type, and include but are not limited to epithelial cells, endothehal cells, keratinocytes, fibroblasts, muscle cells, hepatocytes; blood cells such as Tlymphocytes, Blymphocytes, monocytes, macrophages, devisrophils, eosinophils, megakaryocytes, granulocytes; various stem or progenitor cells, in particular hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells, e.g., as obtained from bone marrow, umbilical cord blood, peripheral blood, fetal liver, etc. hi a preferred embodiment, the cell used for gene therapy is autologous to the patient.
  • nucleic acid sequences encoding an antibody are introduced into the cells such that they are expressible by the cells or their progeny, and the recombinant cells are then administered in vivo for therapeutic effect.
  • stem or progenitor cells are used. Any stem and/or progenitor cells which can be isolated and maintained in vitro can potentially be used in accordance with this embodiment of the present invention (see e.g. PCT Publication WO 94/08598; Stemple and Anderson, Cell 71:973-985 (1992); Rheinwald, Meth. Cell Bio. 21A:229 (1980); and Pittelkow and Scott, Mayo Clinic Proc. 61:771 (1986)).
  • the nucleic acid to be introduced for purposes of gene therapy comprises an inducible promoter operably linked to the coding region, such that expression of the nucleic acid is controllable by controlling the presence or absence of the appropriate inducer of transcription.
  • in vitro assays to demonstrate the therapeutic or prophylactic utility of a compound or pharmaceutical composition include, the effect of a compound on a cell line or a patient tissue sample.
  • the effect of the compound or composition on the cell line and/or tissue sample can be determined utilizing techniques known to those of skill in the art including, but not limited to, rosette formation assays and cell lysis assays.
  • in vitro assays which can be used to determine whether administration of a specific compound is indicated, include in vitro cell culture assays in which a patient tissue sample is grown in culture, and exposed to or otherwise administered a compound, and the effect of such compound upon the tissue sample is observed.
  • the invention provides methods of treatment, inhibition -and prophylaxis by administration to a subject of an effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the invention, preferably an antibody of the invention.
  • the compound is substantially purified (e.g., substantially free from substances that limit its effect or produce undesired side-effects).
  • the subject is preferably an animal, including but not limited to animals such as cows, pigs, horses, chickens, cats, dogs, etc., and is preferably a mammal, and most preferably human.
  • Formulations and methods of administration that can be employed when the compound comprises a nucleic acid or an immunoglobulin are described above; additional appropriate formulations and routes of administration can be selected from among those described herein below.
  • a compound of the invention e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant cells capable of expressing the compound, receptor- mediated endocytosis (see, e.g., Wu and Wu, J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432 (1987)), construction of a nucleic acid as part of a refroviral or other vector, etc.
  • Methods of introduction include but are not limited to intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, and oral routes.
  • the compounds or compositions may be administered by any convenient route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa, etc.) and may be administered together with other biologically active agents. Administration can be systemic or local.
  • Pulmonary administration can also be employed, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing agent.
  • the compound or composition can be delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome (see Langer, Science 249:1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss, New York, pp. 353- 365 (1989); Lopez-Berestein, ibid., pp.
  • the compound or composition can be delivered in a controlled release system, hi one embodiment, a pump may be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201 (1987); Buchwald et al., Surgery 88:507 (1980); Saudek et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574 (1989)).
  • polymeric materials can be used (see Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Florida (1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, New York (1984); Ranger and Peppas, J., Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 23:61 (1983); see also Levy et al., Science 228:190 (1985); During et al., Ann. Neurol. 25:351 (1989); Howard et al., J.Neurosurg. 71:105 (1989)).
  • a controlled release system can be placed in proximity of the therapeutic target, i.e., the brain, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)).
  • the nucleic acid can be administered in vivo to promote expression of its encoded protein, by constructing it as part of an appropriate nucleic acid expression vector and administering it so that it becomes intracellular, e.g., by use of a refroviral vector (see U.S. Patent No.
  • a nucleic acid can be introduced intracellularly and incorporated within host cell DNA for expression, by homologous recombination.
  • the present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions.
  • compositions comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a compound, and a phannaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans.
  • carrier refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which the therapeutic is administered.
  • Such pharmaceutical carriers can be sterile liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. Water is a preferred carrier when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously.
  • Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions.
  • suitable pharmaceutical excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like.
  • the composition if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents. These compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained-release formulations and the like.
  • composition can be formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers such as triglycerides.
  • Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Examples of suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in "Remington's Phannaceutical Sciences" by E.W. Martin.
  • Such compositions will contain a therapeutically effective amount of the compound, preferably in purified form, together with a suitable amount of carrier so as to provide the form for proper administration to the patient.
  • the fonnulation should suit the mode of adminisfration.
  • the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous adminisfration to human beings.
  • compositions for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer.
  • the composition may also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection.
  • the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • composition is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline.
  • an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
  • the compounds of the invention can be formulated as neutral or salt forms.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those formed with anions such as those derived from hydrochloric, phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc., and those formed with cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc.
  • the amount of the compound of the invention which will be effective in the treatment, inhibition and prevention of a disease or disorder, associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide of the invention can be determined by standard clinical techniques, hi addition, in vitro assays may optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges.
  • the precise dose to be employed in the fonnulation will also depend on the route of administration, and the seriousness of the disease or disorder, and should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient's circumstances. Effective doses may be exfrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems.
  • the dosage administered to a patient is typically 0.1 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of the patient's body weight.
  • the dosage administered to a patient is between 0.1 mg/kg and 20 mg/kg of the patient's body weight, more preferably 1 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg of the patient's body weight.
  • human antibodies have a longer half-life within the human body than antibodies from other species due to the immune response to the foreign polypeptides. Thus, lower dosages of human antibodies and less frequent administration is often possible.
  • the dosage and frequency of adminisfration of antibodies of the invention may be reduced by enhancing uptake and tissue penetration (e.g., into the brain) of the antibodies by modifications such as, for example, lipidation.
  • the invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the phannaceutical compositions of the invention.
  • a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the phannaceutical compositions of the invention.
  • Optionally associated with such containers can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human adminisfration.
  • Labeled antibodies, and derivatives and analogs thereof, which specifically bind to a polypeptide of interest can be used for diagnostic purposes to detect, diagnose, or monitor diseases, disorders, and/or conditions associated with the aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide of the invention.
  • the invention provides for the detection of aberrant expression of a polypeptide of interest, comprising (a) assaying the expression of the polypeptide of interest in cells or body fluid of an individual using one or more antibodies specific to the polypeptide interest and (b) comparing the level of gene expression with a standard gene expression level, whereby an increase or decrease in the assayed polypeptide gene expression level compared to the standard expression level is indicative of abenant expression.
  • the invention provides a diagnostic assay for diagnosing a disorder, comprising (a) assaying the expression of the polypeptide of interest in cells or body fluid of an individual using one or more antibodies specific to the polypeptide interest and (b) comparing the level of gene expression with a standard gene expression level, whereby an increase or decrease in the assayed polypeptide gene expression level compared to the standard expression level is indicative of a particular disorder.
  • a diagnostic assay for diagnosing a disorder comprising (a) assaying the expression of the polypeptide of interest in cells or body fluid of an individual using one or more antibodies specific to the polypeptide interest and (b) comparing the level of gene expression with a standard gene expression level, whereby an increase or decrease in the assayed polypeptide gene expression level compared to the standard expression level is indicative of a particular disorder.
  • the presence of a relatively high amount of transcript in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior
  • Antibodies of the invention can be used to assay protein levels in a biological sample using classical immunohistological methods known to those of skill in the art (e.g., see Jalkanen, et al., J. Cell. Biol. 101:976-985 (1985); Jalkanen, et al., J. Cell . Biol. 105:3087-3096 (1987)).
  • Other antibody-based methods useful for detecting protein gene expression include immunoassays, such as the enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and the radioimmunoassay (RIA).
  • Suitable antibody assay labels include enzyme labels, such as, glucose oxidase; radioisotopes, such as iodine (1251, 1211), carbon (14C), sulfur (35S), tritium (3H), indium (112h ⁇ ), and technetium (99Tc); luminescent labels, such as luminol; and fluorescent labels, such as fluorescein and rhodamine, and biotin.
  • enzyme labels such as, glucose oxidase
  • radioisotopes such as iodine (1251, 1211), carbon (14C), sulfur (35S), tritium (3H), indium (112h ⁇ ), and technetium (99Tc)
  • luminescent labels such as luminol
  • fluorescent labels such as fluorescein and rhodamine, and biotin.
  • diagnosis comprises: a) administering (for example, parenterally, subcutaneously, or intraperitoneally) to a subject an effective amount of a labeled molecule which specifically binds to the polypeptide of interest; b) waiting for a time interval following the administering for pennitting the labeled molecule to preferentially concentrate at sites in the subject where the polypeptide is expressed (and for unbound labeled molecule to be cleared to background level); c) determining background level; and d) detecting the labeled molecule in the subject, such that detection of labeled molecule above the background level indicates that the subject has a particular disease or disorder associated with abenant expression of the polypeptide of interest.
  • Background level can be determined by various methods including, comparing the amount of labeled molecule detected to a standard value previously determined for
  • the size of the subject and the imaging system used will determine the quantity of imaging moiety needed to produce diagnostic images.
  • the quantity of radioactivity injected will normally range from about 5 to 20 millicuries of 99mTc.
  • the labeled antibody or antibody fragment will then preferentially accumulate at the location of cells which contain the specific protein, hi vivo tumor imaging is described in S.W. Burchiel et al., "hnmunopharmacokinetics of
  • the time interval following the administration for permitting the labeled molecule to preferentially concentrate at sites in the subject and for unbound labeled molecule to be cleared to background level is 6 to 48 hours or 6 to 24 hours or
  • monitoring of the disease or disorder is carried out by repeating the method for diagnosing the disease or disease, for example, one month after initial diagnosis, six months after initial diagnosis, one year after initial diagnosis, etc.
  • Presence of the labeled molecule can be detected in the patient using methods known in the art for in vivo scanning. These methods depend upon the type of label used. Skilled artisans will be able to determine the appropriate method for detecting a particular label. Methods and devices that may be used in the diagnostic methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, computed tomography (CT), whole body scan such as position emission tomography (PET), magnetic resonance imaging
  • the molecule is labeled with a radioisotope and is detected in the patient using a radiation responsive surgical instrument (Thurston et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,441,050).
  • the molecule is labeled with a fluorescent compound and is detected in the patient using a fluorescence responsive scanning instrument.
  • the molecule is labeled with a positron emitting metal and is detected in the patent using positron emission-tomography.
  • the molecule is labeled with a paramagnetic label and is detected in a patient using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).
  • MRI magnetic resonance imaging
  • kits that can be used in the above methods, hi one embodiment, a kit comprises an antibody of the invention, preferably a purified antibody, in one or more containers.
  • the kits of the present invention contain a substantially isolated polypeptide comprising an epitope which is specifically immunoreactive with an antibody included in the kit.
  • kits of the present invention further comprise a confrol antibody which does not react with the polypeptide of interest
  • the kits of the present invention contain a means for detecting the binding of an antibody to a polypeptide of interest (e.g., the antibody may be conjugated to a detectable substrate such as a fluorescent compound, an enzymatic substrate, a radioactive compound or a luminescent compound, or a second antibody which recognizes the first antibody may be conjugated to a detectable substrate).
  • the kit is a diagnostic kit for use in screening serum containing antibodies specific against proliferative and/or cancerous polynucleotides and polypeptides.
  • Such a kit may include a confrol antibody that does not react with the polypeptide of interest.
  • a kit may include a substantially isolated polypeptide antigen comprising an epitope which is specifically immunoreactive with at least one anti-polypeptide antigen antibody.
  • a kit includes means for detecting the binding of said antibody to the antigen (e.g., the antibody may be conjugated to a fluorescent compound such as fluorescein or rhodamine which can be detected by flow cytometry).
  • the kit may include a recombinantly produced or chemically synthesized polypeptide antigen.
  • the polypeptide antigen of the kit may also be attached to a solid support.
  • the detecting means of the above-described kit includes a solid support to which said polypeptide antigen is attached.
  • a kit may also include a non-attached reporter-labeled anti-human antibody.
  • binding of the antibody to the polypeptide antigen can be detected by binding of the said reporter-labeled antibody.
  • the invention includes a diagnostic kit for use in screening serum containing antigens of the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the diagnostic kit includes a substantially isolated antibody specifically immunoreactive with polypeptide or polynucleotide antigens, and means for detecting the binding of the polynucleotide or polypeptide antigen to the antibody, h one embodiment, the antibody is attached to a solid support.
  • the antibody may be a monoclonal antibody.
  • the detecting means of the kit may include a second, labeled monoclonal antibody.
  • the detecting means may include a labeled, competing antigen.
  • test serum is reacted with a solid phase reagent having a surface-bound antigen obtained by the methods of the present invention. After binding with specific antigen antibody to the reagent and removing unbound serum components by washing, the reagent is reacted with reporter-labeled anti-human antibody to bind reporter to the reagent in proportion to the amount of bound anti-antigen antibody on the solid support.
  • the reporter is an enzyme which is detected by incubating the solid phase in the presence of a suitable fluorometric, luminescent or colorimetric substrate (Sigma, St. Louis, MO).
  • the solid surface reagent in the above assay is prepared by known techniques for attaching protein material to solid support material, such as polymeric beads, dip sticks, 96-well plate or filter material. These attachment methods generally include non-specific adsorption of the protein to the support or covalent attachment of the protein, typically through a free amine group, to a chemically reactive group on the solid support, such as an activated carboxyl, hydroxyl, or aldehyde group. Alternatively, streptavidin coated plates can be used in conjunction with biotinylated antigen(s).
  • the invention provides an assay system or kit for carrying out this diagnostic method.
  • the kit generally includes a support with surface- bound recombinant antigens, and a reporter-labeled anti-human antibody for detecting surface-bound anti-antigen antibody.
  • any polypeptide of the present invention can be used to generate fusion proteins.
  • the polypeptide of the present invention when fused to a second protein, can be used as an antigenic tag.
  • Antibodies raised against the polypeptide of the present invention can be used to indirectly detect the second protein by binding to the polypeptide.
  • secreted proteins target cellular locations based on trafficking signals, the polypeptides of the present invention can be used as targeting molecules once fused to other proteins.
  • domains that can be fused to polypeptides of the present invention include not only heterologous signal sequences, but also other heterologous functional regions.
  • the fusion does not necessarily need to be direct, but may occur through linker sequences.
  • fusion proteins may also be engineered to improve characteristics of the polypeptide of the present invention. For instance, a region of additional amino acids, particularly charged amino acids, may be added to the N- terminus of the polypeptide to improve stability and persistence during purification from the host cell or subsequent handling and storage. Also, peptide moieties may be added to the polypeptide to facilitate purification. Such regions may be removed prior to final preparation of the polypeptide. The addition of peptide moieties to facilitate handling of polypeptides are familiar and routine techniques in the art.
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be combined with parts of the constant domain of immunoglobulins (IgA, IgE, IgG, IgM) or portions thereof (CHI, CH2, CH3, and any combination thereof, including both entire domains and portions thereof), resulting in chimeric polypeptides.
  • immunoglobulins IgA, IgE, IgG, IgM
  • the Fc part in a fusion protein is beneficial in therapy and diagnosis, and thus can result in, for example, improved pharmacokinetic properties.
  • EP-A 0232 262. Alternatively, deleting the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected, and purified, would be desired.
  • the Fc portion may hinder therapy and diagnosis if the fusion protein is used as an antigen for immunizations.
  • human proteins, such as hIL-5 have been fused with Fc portions for the purpose of high-throughput screening assays to identify antagonists of hIL-5. (See, D. Bennett et al., J. Molecular Recognition 8:52-58 (1995); K. Johanson et al., J.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention can be fused to marker sequences, such as a peptide which facilitates purification of the fused polypeptide.
  • the marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as the tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311), among others, many of which are commercially available.
  • hexa-histidine provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein.
  • HA hemagglutinin protein
  • the present invention also relates to vectors containing the polynucleotide of the present invention, host cells, and the production of polypeptides by recombinant techniques.
  • the vector may be, for example, a phage, plasmid, viral, or refroviral vector.
  • Refroviral vectors may be replication competent or replication defective. In the latter case, viral propagation generally will occur only in complementing host cells.
  • the polynucleotides may be joined to a vector containing a selectable marker for propagation in a host.
  • a plasmid vector is introduced in a precipitate, such as a calcium phosphate precipitate, or in a complex with a charged lipid. If the vector is a virus, it may be packaged in vitro using an appropriate packaging cell line and then transduced into host cells.
  • the polynucleotide insert should be operatively linked to an appropriate promoter, such as the phage lambda PL promoter, the E. coli lac, trp, phoA and tac promoters, the SV40 early and late promoters and promoters of refroviral LTRs, to name a few. Other suitable promoters will be known to the skilled artisan.
  • the expression constructs will further contain sites for transcription initiation, termination, and, in the transcribed region, a ribosome binding site for translation.
  • the coding portion of the transcripts expressed by the constructs will preferably include a translation initiating codon at the begimiing and a termination codon (UAA, UGA or UAG) appropriately positioned at the end of the polypeptide to be translated.
  • the expression vectors will preferably include at least one selectable marker.
  • markers include dihydrofolate reductase, G418 or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture and tetracycline, kanamycin or ampicillin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria.
  • Representative examples of appropriate hosts include, but are not limited to, bacterial cells, such as E. coli, Streptomyces and Salmonella typhimurium cells; fungal cells, such as yeast cells (e.g., Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris (ATCC Accession No.
  • insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9 cells
  • animal cells such as CHO, COS, 293, and Bowes melanoma cells
  • plant cells Appropriate culture mediums and conditions for the above-described host cells are known in the art.
  • vectors preferred for use in bacteria include pQE70, pQE60 and pQE- 9, available from QIAGEN, Inc.; pBluescript vectors, Phagescript vectors, pNH8A, pNH16a, pNH18A, pNH46A, available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, Inc.; and ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5 available from Pharmacia Biotech, Inc.
  • preferred eukaryotic vectors are pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl and pSG available from Stratagene; and pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pS VL available from Pharmacia.
  • Preferred expression vectors for use in yeast systems include, but are not limited to pYES2, pYDl, pTEFl/Zeo, pYES2/GS, pPICZ,pGAPZ, pGAPZalph, pPIC9, pPIC3.5, pHIL-D2, pHIL-Sl, pPIC3.5K, pPIC9K, and PAO815 (all available from Invitrogen, Carlbad, CA).
  • Suitable vectors will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan.
  • Introduction of the construct into the host cell can be effected by calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-dexfran mediated transfection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, infection, or other methods. Such methods are described in many standard laboratory manuals, such as Davis et al., Basic Methods In Molecular Biology (1986). It is specifically contemplated that the polypeptides of the present invention may in fact be expressed by a host cell lacking a recombinant vector.
  • a polypeptide of this invention can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid exfraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography and lectin chromatography. Most preferably, high performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”) is employed for purification.
  • HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
  • Polypeptides of the present invention can also be recovered from: products purified from natural sources, including bodily fluids, tissues and cells, whether directly isolated or cultured; products of chemical synthetic procedures; and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host, including, for example, bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect, and mammalian cells.
  • a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host including, for example, bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect, and mammalian cells.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may be glycosylated or may be non-glycosylated.
  • polypeptides of the invention may also include an initial modified methionine residue, in some cases as a result of host- mediated processes.
  • the N-terminal methionine encoded by the translation initiation codon generally is removed with high efficiency from any protein after translation in all eukaryotic cells. While the N-terminal methionine on most proteins also is efficiently removed in most prokaryotes, for some proteins, this prokaryotic removal process is inefficient, depending on the nature of the amino acid to which the N-terminal methionine is covalently linked.
  • the yeast Pichia pastoris is used to express the polypeptide of the present invention in a eukaryotic system. Pichia pastoris is a methylotrophic yeast which can metabolize methanol as its sole carbon source.
  • a main step in the methanol metabolization pathway is the oxidation of methanol to formaldehyde using O 2 .
  • This reaction is catalyzed by the enzyme alcohol oxidase.
  • Pichia pastoris In order to metabolize methanol as its sole carbon source, Pichia pastoris must generate high levels of alcohol oxidase due, in part, to the relatively low affinity of alcohol oxidase for O 2 . Consequently, in a growth medium depending on methanol as a main carbon source, the promoter region of one of the two alcohol oxidase genes (AOX1) is highly active, hi the presence of methanol, alcohol oxidase produced from the A 0X1 gene comprises up to approximately 30% of the total soluble protein in Pichia pastoris.
  • a heterologous coding sequence such as, for example, a polynucleotide of the present invention, under the transcriptional regulation of all or part of the A 0X1 regulatory sequence is expressed at exceptionally high levels in Pichia yeast grown in the presence of methanol.
  • the plasmid vector pPIC9K is used to express DNA encoding a polypeptide of the invention, as set forth herein; in a Pichea yeast system essentially as described in "Pichia Protocols: Methods in Molecular Biology," D.R. Higgins and J. Cregg, eds. The Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 1998.
  • This expression vector allows expression and secretion of a protein of the invention by virtue of the strong AOX1 promoter linked to the Pichia pastoris alkaline phosphatase (PHO) secretory signal peptide (i.e., leader) located upstream of a multiple cloning site.
  • PHO alkaline phosphatase
  • yeast vectors could be used in place of pPIC9K, such as, pYES2, pYDl, pTEFl/Zeo, pYES2/GS, pPICZ, pGAPZ, pGAPZalpha, pPIC9, pPIC3.5, pHIL-D2, pHIL-Sl, pPIC3.5K, and PAO815, as one skilled in the art would readily appreciate, as long as the proposed expression construct provides appropriately located signals for transcription, franslation, secretion (if desired), and the like, including an in-frame AUG as required.
  • high-level expression of a heterologous coding sequence such as, for example, a polynucleotide of the present invention
  • a heterologous coding sequence such as, for example, a polynucleotide of the present invention
  • an expression vector such as, for example, pGAPZ or pGAPZalpha
  • the invention also encompasses primary, secondary, and immortalized host cells of vertebrate origin, particularly mammalian origin, that have been engineered to delete or replace endogenous genetic material (e.g., coding sequence), and/or to include genetic material (e.g., heterologous polynucleotide sequences) that is operably associated with the polynucleotides of the invention, and which activates, alters, and/or amplifies endogenous polynucleotides.
  • endogenous genetic material e.g., coding sequence
  • genetic material e.g., heterologous polynucleotide sequences
  • heterologous confrol regions e.g., promoter and/or enhancer
  • endogenous polynucleotide sequences via homologous recombination, resulting in the formation of a new transcription unit
  • heterologous confrol regions e.g., promoter and/or enhancer
  • endogenous polynucleotide sequences via homologous recombination, resulting in the formation of a new transcription unit
  • polypeptides of the invention can be chemically synthesized using techniques known in the art (e.g., see Creighton, 1983, Proteins: Structures and Molecular Principles, W.H. Freeman & Co., N.Y., and Hunkapiller et al., Nature, 310:105-111 (1984)).
  • a polypeptide corresponding to a fragment of a polypeptide sequence of the invention can be synthesized by use of a peptide synthesizer.
  • nonclassical amino acids or chemical amino acid analogs can be introduced as a substitution or addition into the polypeptide sequence.
  • Non-classical amino acids include, but are not limited to, to the D-isomers of the common amino acids, 2,4-diaminobutyric acid, a-amino isobutyric acid, 4- aminobutyric acid, Abu, 2-amino butyric acid, g-Abu, e-Ahx, 6-amino hexanoic acid, Aib, 2-amino isobutyric acid, 3-amino propionic acid, ornithine, norleucine, norvaline, hydroxyproline, sarcosine, citralline, homocitrulline, cysteic acid, t- butylglycine, t-butylalanine, phenylglycine, cyclohexylalanine, b-alanine, fluoro- amino acids, designer amino acids such as b-methyl amino acids, Ca-methyl amino acids, Na-methyl amino acids, and amino acid analogs in general. Furthermore, the amino acid can be D (
  • the invention encompasses polypeptides which are differentially modified during or after franslation, e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation, phosphorylation, amidation, derivatization by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to an antibody molecule or other cellular ligand, etc. Any of numerous chemical modifications may be carried out by known techniques, including but not limited, to specific chemical cleavage by cyanogen bromide, trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8 protease, NaBH ; acetylation, formylation, oxidation, reduction; metabolic synthesis in the presence of tunicamycin; etc.
  • Additional post-translational modifications encompassed by the invention include, for example, e.g., N-linked or O-linked carbohydrate chains, processing of N-terminal or C-terminal ends), attachment of chemical moieties to the amino acid backbone, chemical modifications of N-linked or O-linked carbohydrate chains, and addition or deletion of an N-terminal methionine residue as a result of procaryotic host cell expression.
  • the polypeptides may also be modified with a detectable label, such as an enzymatic, fluorescent, isotopic or affinity label to allow for detection and isolation of the protein.
  • the chemical moieties for derivitization may be selected from water soluble polymers such as polyethylene glycol, ethylene glycol/propylene glycol copolymers, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol and the like.
  • the polypeptides may be modified at random positions within the molecule, or at predetermined positions within the molecule and may include one, two, three or more attached chemical moieties.
  • the polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched.
  • the preferred molecular weight is between about 1 kDa and about 100 kDa (the term "about” indicating that in preparations of polyethylene glycol, some molecules will weigh more, some less, than the stated molecular weight) for ease in handling and manufacturing.
  • Other sizes may be used, depending on the desired therapeutic profile (e.g., the duration of sustained release desired, the effects, if any on biological activity, the ease in handling, the degree or lack of antigenicity and other known effects of the polyethylene glycol to a therapeutic protein or analog).
  • the polyethylene glycol may have an average molecular weight of about 200, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10,000, 10,500, 11,000, 11,500, 12,000, 12,500, 13,000, 13,500, 14,000, 14,500, 15,000, 15,500, 16,000, 16,500, 17,000, 17,500, 18,000, 18,500, 19,000, 19,500, 20,000, 25,000, 30,000, 35,000, 40,000, 50,000, 55,000, 60,000, 65,000, 70,000, 75,000, 80,000, 85,000, 90,000, 95,000, or 100,000 kDa.
  • the polyethylene glycol may have a branched structure.
  • Branched polyethylene glycols are described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,643,575; Morpurgo et al, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 56:59-12 (1996); Vorobjev et al, Nucleosides Nucleotides 18:2145-2150 (1999); and Caliceti et al, Bioconjug. C .em.J0:638-646 (1999), the disclosures of each ofwhich are incorporated herein by reference.
  • polyethylene glycol molecules should be attached to the protein with consideration of effects on ftinctional or antigenic domains of the protein.
  • attachment methods available to those skilled in the art, e.g., EP 0 401 384, herein incorporated by reference (coupling PEG to G-CSF), see also Malik et al., Exp. Hematol. 20:1028-1035 (1992) (reporting pegylation of GM-CSF using tresyl chloride).
  • polyethylene glycol may be covalently bound through amino acid residues via a reactive group, such as, a free amino or carboxyl group. Reactive groups are those to which an activated polyethylene glycol molecule may be bound.
  • the amino acid residues having a free amino group may include lysine residues and the N-terminal amino acid residues; those having a free carboxyl group may include aspartic acid residues glutamic acid residues and the C-terminal amino acid residue.
  • Sulfhydryl groups may also be used as a reactive group for attaching the polyethylene glycol molecules. Prefened for therapeutic purposes is attachment at an amino group, such as attachment at the N-terminus or lysine group.
  • polyethylene glycol may be attached to proteins via linkage to any of a number of amino acid residues.
  • polyethylene glycol can be linked to a proteins via covalent bonds to lysine, histidine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, or cysteine residues.
  • reaction chemistries may be employed to attach polyethylene glycol to specific amino acid residues (e.g., lysine, histidine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, or cysteine) of the protein or to more than one type of amino acid residue (e.g., lysine, histidine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, cysteine and combinations thereof) of the protein.
  • specific amino acid residues e.g., lysine, histidine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, or cysteine
  • amino acid residues e.g., lysine, histidine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, cysteine and combinations thereof
  • polyethylene glycol as an illustration of the present composition, one may select from a variety of polyethylene glycol molecules (by molecular weight, branching, etc.), the proportion of polyethylene glycol molecules to protein (polypeptide) molecules in the reaction mix, the type of pegylation reaction to be performed, and the method of obtaining the selected N-terminally pegylated protein.
  • the method of obtaining the N-terminally pegylated preparation i.e., separating this moiety from other monopegylated moieties if necessary
  • Selective proteins chemically modified at the N-terminus modification may be accomplished by reductive alkylation which exploits differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups (lysine versus the N-terminal) available for derivatization in a particular protein. Under the appropriate reaction conditions, substantially selective derivatization of the protein at the N-terminus with a carbonyl group containing polymer is achieved.
  • pegylation of the proteins of the invention maybe accomplished by any number of means.
  • polyethylene glycol may be attached to the protein either directly or by an intervening linker.
  • Linkerless systems for attaching polyethylene glycol to proteins are described in Delgado et al, Crit. Rev. Thera. Drug Carrier Sys. :249-304 (1992); Francis et al, Intern. J. ofHematol (55:1-18 (1998); U.S. Patent No. 4,002,531; U.S. Patent No. 5,349,052; WO 95/06058; and WO 98/32466, the disclosures of each ofwhich are incorporated herein by reference.
  • fresylated MPEG which is produced by the modification of monmethoxy polyethylene glycol (MPEG) using fresylchloride (ClSO 2 CH 2 CF 3 ).
  • fresylated MPEG Upon reaction of protein with fresylated MPEG, polyethylene glycol is directly attached to amine groups of the protein.
  • the invention includes protein-polyethylene glycol conjugates produced by reacting proteins of the invention with a polyethylene glycol molecule having a 2,2,2-trifluoreothane sulphonyl group.
  • Polyethylene glycol can also be attached to proteins using a number of different intervening linkers.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,612,460 the entire disclosure ofwhich is incorporated herein by reference, discloses urethane linkers for connecting polyethylene glycol to proteins.
  • Protein-polyethylene glycol conjugates wherein the polyethylene glycol is attached to the protein by a linker can also be produced by reaction of proteins with compoimds such as MPEG- succinimidylsuccinate, MPEG activated with 1 , 1 '-carbonyldiimidazole, MPEG-
  • compoimds such as MPEG- succinimidylsuccinate, MPEG activated with 1 , 1 '-carbonyldiimidazole, MPEG-
  • the number of polyethylene glycol moieties attached to each protein of the invention may also vary.
  • the pegylated proteins of the invention may be linked, on average, to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 17, 20, or more polyethylene glycol molecules.
  • the average degree of substitution within ranges such as 1-3, 2-4, 3-5, 4-6, 5-7, 6-8, 7-9, 8-10, 9-11, 10-12, 11-13, 12-14, 13-15, 14-16, 15-17, 16-18, 17-19, or 18-20 polyethylene glycol moieties per protein molecule. Methods for determining the degree of substitution are discussed, for example, in Delgado et al, Crit. Rev. Thera. Drug Carrier Sys. 9:249- 304 (1992).
  • the polypeptides of the invention may be in monomers or multimers (i.e., dimers, trimers, teframers and higher multimers). Accordingly, the present invention relates to monomers and multimers of the polypeptides of the invention, their preparation, and compositions (preferably, Therapeutics) containing them, hi specific embodiments, the polypeptides of the invention are monomers, dimers, trimers or teframers. In additional embodiments, the multimers of the invention are at least dimers, at least trimers, or at least teframers.
  • Multimers encompassed by the invention may be homomers or heteromers.
  • the term homomer refers to a multimer containing only polypeptides corresponding to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NON or encoded by the cD ⁇ A contained in a deposited clone (including fragments, variants, splice variants, and fusion proteins, corresponding to these polypeptides as described herein). These homomers may contain polypeptides having identical or different amino acid sequences.
  • a homomer of the invention is a multimer containing only polypeptides having an identical amino acid sequence
  • a homomer of the invention is a multimer containing polypeptides having different amino acid sequences.
  • the multimer of the invention is a homodimer (e.g., containing polypeptides having identical or different amino acid sequences) or a homotrimer (e.g., containing polypeptides having identical and/or different amino acid sequences).
  • the homomeric multimer of the invention is at least a homodimer, at least a homotrimer, or at least a homotetramer.
  • heteromer refers to a multimer containing one or more heterologous polypeptides (i.e., polypeptides of different proteins) in addition to the polypeptides of the invention.
  • the multimer of the invention is a heterodimer, a heterotrimer, or a heterotetramer.
  • the heteromeric multimer of the invention is at least a heterodimer, at least a heterotrimer, or at least a heterotetramer.
  • Multimers of the invention may be the result of hydrophobic, hydrophilic, ionic and/or covalent associations and/or may be indirectly linked, by for example, liposome formation.
  • multimers of the invention such as, for example, homodimers or homotrimers, are formed when polypeptides of the invention contact one another in solution
  • heteromultimers of the invention such as, for example, heterofrimers or heterotetramers, are formed when polypeptides of the invention contact antibodies to the polypeptides of the invention (including antibodies to the heterologous polypeptide sequence in a fusion protein of the invention) in solution.
  • multimers of the invention are formed by covalent associations with and/or between the polypeptides of the invention.
  • covalent associations may involve one or more amino acid residues contained in the polypeptide sequence (e.g., that recited in the sequence listing, or contained in the polypeptide encoded by a deposited clone).
  • the covalent associations are cross-linking between cysteine residues located within the polypeptide sequences which interact in the native (i.e., naturally occurring) polypeptide.
  • the covalent associations are the consequence of chemical or recombinant manipulation.
  • such covalent associations may involve one or more amino acid residues contained in the heterologous polypeptide sequence in a fusion protein of the invention.
  • covalent associations are between the heterologous sequence contained in a fusion protein of the invention (see, e.g., US Patent Number 5,478,925).
  • the covalent associations are between the heterologous sequence contained in an Fc fusion protein of the invention (as described herein).
  • covalent associations of fusion proteins of the invention are between heterologous polypeptide sequence from another protein that is capable of forming covalently associated multimers, such as for example, oseteoprotegerin (see, e.g., International Publication NO: WO 98/49305, the contents ofwhich are herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • two or more polypeptides of the invention are joined through peptide linkers. Examples include those peptide linkers described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,073,627 (hereby incorporated by reference). Proteins comprising multiple polypeptides of the invention separated by peptide linkers may be produced using conventional recombinant DNA technology.
  • Leucine zipper and isoleucine zipper domains are polypeptides that promote multimerization of the proteins in which they are found.
  • Leucine zippers were originally identified in several DNA-binding proteins (Landschulz et al., Science 240:1759, (1988)), and have since been found in a variety of different proteins.
  • Leucine zippers are naturally occurring peptides and derivatives thereof that dimerize or trimerize.
  • leucine zipper domains suitable for producing soluble multimeric proteins of the invention are those described in PCT application WO 94/10308, hereby incorporated by reference.
  • Recombinant fusion proteins comprising a polypeptide of the invention fused to a polypeptide sequence that dimerizes or trimerizes in solution are expressed in suitable host cells, and the resulting soluble multimeric fusion protein is recovered from the culture supernatant using techniques known in the art.
  • Trimeric polypeptides of the invention may offer the advantage of enhanced biological activity.
  • Preferred leucine zipper moieties and isoleucine moieties are those that preferentially form trimers.
  • One example is a leucine zipper derived from lung surfactant protein D (SPD), as described in Hoppe et al.
  • proteins of the invention are associated by interactions between Flag® polypeptide sequence contained in fusion proteins of the invention containing Flag® polypeptide seuqence.
  • associations proteins of the invention are associated by interactions between heterologous polypeptide sequence contained in Flag® fusion proteins of the invention and anti- Flag® antibody.
  • the multimers of the invention may be generated using chemical techniques known in the art.
  • polypeptides desired to be contained in the multimers of the invention may be chemically cross-linked using linker molecules and linker molecule length optimization techniques known in the art (see, e.g., US Patent Number 5,478,925, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • linker molecules and linker molecule length optimization techniques known in the art
  • multimers of the invention may be generated using techniques known in the art to form one or more inter-molecule cross-links between the cysteine residues located within the sequence of the polypeptides desired to be contained in the multimer (see, e.g., US Patent Number 5,478,925, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • polypeptides of the invention may be routinely modified by the addition of cysteine or biotin to the C terminus or N-terminus of the polypeptide and techniques known in the art may be applied to generate multimers containing one or more of these modified polypeptides (see, e.g., US Patent Number 5,478,925, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Additionally, techniques known in the art may be applied to generate liposomes containing the polypeptide components desired to be contained in the multimer of the invention (see, e.g., US Patent Number 5,478,925, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • multimers of the invention may be generated using genetic engineering techniques known in the art.
  • polypeptides contained in multimers of the invention are produced recombinantly using fusion protein technology described herein or otherwise known in the art (see, e.g., US Patent Number 5,478,925, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety)
  • polynucleotides coding for a homodimer of the invention are generated by ligating a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention to a sequence encoding a linker polypeptide and then further to a synthetic polynucleotide encoding the translated product of the polypeptide in the reverse orientation from the original C-terminus to the N-terminus (lacking the leader sequence) (see, e.g., US Patent Number 5,478,925, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), hi another embodiment, recombinant techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art are applied to generate recombinant techniques described herein or
  • the polynucleotides of the present invention are useful for chromosome identification. There exists an ongoing need to identify new chromosome markers, since few chromosome marking reagents, based on actual sequence data (repeat polymorphisms), are presently available. Each polynucleotide of the present invention can be used as a chromosome marker.
  • sequences can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp) from the sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:X. Primers can be selected using computer analysis so that primers do not span more than one predicted exon in the genomic DNA. These primers are then used for PCR screening of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene corresponding to the SEQ ID NO:X will yield an amplified fragment.
  • somatic hybrids provide a rapid method of PCR mapping the polynucleotides to particular chromosomes. Three or more clones can be assigned per day using a single thermal cycler. Moreover, sublocalization of the polynucleotides can be achieved with panels of specific chromosome fragments.
  • Other gene mapping strategies that can be used include in situ hybridization, prescreening with labeled flow-sorted chromosomes, preselection by hybridization to construct chromosome specific-cDNA libraries and computer mapping techniques (See, e.g., Shuler, Trends Biotechnol 16:456-459 (1998) which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • FISH fluorescence in situ hybridization
  • the polynucleotides can be used individually (to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome) or in panels (for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes).
  • the polynucleotides of the present invention would likewise be useful for radiation hybrid mapping, HAPPY mapping, and long range restriction mapping.
  • HAPPY mapping high range restriction mapping
  • Linkage analysis establishes coinheritance between a chromosomal location and presentation of a particular disease.
  • Disease mapping data are found, for example, in V. McKusick, Mendelian Inheritance in Man (available on line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library) .
  • a cDNA precisely localized to a chromosomal region associated with the disease could be one of 50-500 potential causative genes.
  • the invention also provides a diagnostic method useful during diagnosis of a disorder, involving measuring the expression level of polynucleotides of the present invention in cells or body fluid from an individual and comparing the measured gene expression level with a standard level of polynucleotide expression level, whereby an increase or decrease in the gene expression level compared to the standard is indicative of a disorder.
  • the invention includes a kit for analyzing samples for the presence of proliferative and/or cancerous polynucleotides derived from a test subject.
  • the kit includes at least one polynucleotide probe containing a nucleotide sequence that will specifically hybridize with a polynucleotide of the present invention and a suitable container.
  • the kit includes two polynucleotide probes defining an internal region of the polynucleotide of the present invention, where each probe has one strand containing a 31 'mer-end internal to the region.
  • the probes may be useful as primers for polymerase chain reaction amplification.
  • the present invention is useful as a prognostic indicator, whereby patients exhibiting enhanced or depressed polynucleotide of the present invention expression will experience a worse clinical outcome relative to patients expressing the gene at a level nearer the standard level.
  • measuring the expression level of polynucleotide of the present invention is intended qualitatively or quantitatively measuring or estimating the level of the polypeptide of the present invention or the level of the mRNA encoding the polypeptide in a first biological sample either directly (e.g., by detennining or estimating absolute protein level or mRNA level) or relatively (e.g., by comparing to the polypeptide level or mRNA level in a second biological sample).
  • the polypeptide level or mRNA level in the first biological sample is measured or estimated and compared to a standard polypeptide level or mRNA level, the standard being taken from a second biological sample obtained from an individual not having the disorder or being determined by averaging levels from a population of individuals not having a disorder.
  • a standard polypeptide level or mRNA level is known, it can be used repeatedly as a standard for comparison.
  • biological sample is intended any biological sample obtained from an individual, body fluid, cell line, tissue culture, or other source which contains the polypeptide of the present invention or mRNA.
  • biological samples include body fluids (such as semen, lymph, sera, plasma, urine, synovial fluid and spinal fluid) which contain the polypeptide of the present invention, and other tissue sources found to express the polypeptide of the present invention.
  • body fluids such as semen, lymph, sera, plasma, urine, synovial fluid and spinal fluid
  • tissue sources found to express the polypeptide of the present invention.
  • Methods for obtaining tissue biopsies and body fluids from mammals are well known in the art. Where the biological sample is to include mRNA, a tissue biopsy is the preferred source.
  • the method(s) provided above may preferrably be applied in a diagnostic method and/or kits in which polynucleotides and/or polypeptides are attached to a solid support
  • the support may be a "gene chip” or a "biological chip” as described in US Patents 5,837,832, 5,874,219, and 5,856,174.
  • a gene chip with polynucleotides of the present invention attached may be used to identify polymorphisms between the polynucleotide sequences, with polynucleotides isolated from a test subject. The knowledge of such polymorphisms (i.e.
  • the present invention encompasses polynucleotides of the present invention that are chemically synthesized, or reproduced as peptide nucleic acids (PNA), or according to other methods known in the art.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acids
  • the use of PNAs would serve as the preferred form if the polynucleotides are incorporated onto a solid support, or gene chip.
  • a peptide nucleic acid (PNA) is a polyamide type of DNA analog and the monomeric units for adenine, guanine, thymine and cytosine are available commercially (Perceptive Biosystems). Certain components of DNA, such as phosphorus, phosphorus oxides, or deoxyribose derivatives, are not present in PNAs. As disclosed by P.
  • PNAs bind specifically and tightly to complementary DNA sfrands and are not degraded by nucleases. In fact, PNA binds more strongly to DNA than DNA itself does. This is probably because there is no electrostatic repulsion between the two sfrands, and also the polyamide backbone is more flexible.
  • PNA/DNA duplexes bind under a wider range of stringency conditions than DNA/DNA duplexes, making it easier to perform multiplex hybridization. Smaller probes can be used than with DNA due to the strong binding. In addition, it is more likely that single base mismatches can be determined with PNA/DNA hybridization because a single mismatch in a PNA/DNA 15-mer lowers the melting point (T.sub.m) by 8°-20° C, vs. 4°-16° C for the DNA/DNA 15- mer duplex. Also, the absence of charge groups in PNA means that hybridization can be done at low ionic strengths and reduce possible interference by salt during the analysis. The present invention is useful for detecting cancer in mammals.
  • pathological cell proliferative neoplasias which include, but are not limited to: acute myelogenous leukemias including acute monocytic leukemia, acute myeloblastic leukemia, acute promyelocytic leukemia, acute myelomonocytic leukemia, acute erythroleukemia, acute megakaryocytic leukemia, and acute undifferentiated leukemia, etc.; and chronic myelogenous leukemias including chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, chronic granulocytic leukemia, etc.
  • Preferred mammals include monkeys, apes, cats, dogs, cows, pigs, horses, rabbits and humans. Particularly preferred are humans.
  • Neoplasias are now believed to result from the qualitative alteration of a normal cellular gene product, or from the quantitative modification of gene expression by insertion into the chromosome of a viral sequence, by chromosomal franslocation of a gene to a more actively transcribed region, or by some other mechanism.
  • c-myc expression is highly amplified in the non-lymphocytic leukemia cell line HL-60. When HL-60 cells are chemically induced to stop proliferation, the level of c-myc is found to be downregulated.
  • a. polynucleotide can be used to control gene expression through triple helix formation or antisense DNA or RNA.
  • Antisense techniques are discussed, for example, in Okano, J. Neurochem. 56: 560 (1991); "Oligodeoxynucleotides as Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression, CRCPress, Boca Raton, FL (1988).
  • Triple helix formation is discussed in, for instance Lee et al, Nucleic Acids Research 6: 3073 (1979); Cooney et al., Science 241 : 456 (1988); and Dervan et al., Science 251 : 1360 (1991). Both methods rely on binding of the polynucleotide to a complementary DNA or RNA. For these techniques, preferred polynucleotides are usually oligonucleotides 20 to 40 bases in length and complementary to either the region of the gene involved in transcription (triple helix - see Lee et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 3:173 (1979); Cooney et al., Science 241 :456
  • Polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in gene therapy.
  • One goal of gene therapy is to insert a normal gene into an organism having a defective gene, in an effort to correct the genetic defect.
  • the polynucleotides disclosed in the present invention offer a means of targeting such genetic defects in a highly accurate manner.
  • Another goal is to insert a new gene that was not present in the host genome, thereby producing a new trait in the host cell.
  • the polynucleotides are also useful for identifying individuals from minute biological samples.
  • the United States military for example, is considering the use of restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) for identification of its personnel, h this technique, an individual's genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, and probed on a Southern blot to yield unique bands for identifying personnel. This method does not suffer from the current limitations of "Dog Tags" which can be lost, switched, or stolen, making positive identification difficult.
  • the polynucleotides of the present invention can be used as additional DNA . markers for RFLP.
  • the polynucleotides of the present invention can also be used as an alternative to RFLP, by determining the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual's genome. These sequences can be used to prepare PCR primers for amplifying and isolating such selected DNA, which can then be sequenced. Using this technique, individuals can be identified because each individual will have a unique set of DNA sequences. Once an unique ID database is established for an individual, positive identification of that individual, living or dead, can be made from extremely small tissue samples.
  • DNA sequences taken from very small biological samples such as tissues, e.g., hair or skin, or body fluids, e.g., blood, saliva, semen, synovial fluid, amniotic fluid, breast milk, lymph, pulmonary sputum or surfactant,urine,fecal matter, etc.
  • body fluids e.g., blood, saliva, semen, synovial fluid, amniotic fluid, breast milk, lymph, pulmonary sputum or surfactant,urine,fecal matter, etc.
  • gene sequences amplified from polymorphic loci such as DQa class ⁇ HLA gene, are used in forensic biology to identify individuals.
  • polynucleotides of the present invention can be used as polymorphic markers for forensic purposes.
  • reagents capable of identifying the source of a particular tissue. Such need arises, for example, in forensics when presented with tissue of unknown origin.
  • Appropriate reagents can comprise, for example, DNA probes or primers specific to particular tissue prepared from the sequences of the present invention. Panels of such reagents can identify tissue by species and/or by organ type. In a similar fashion, these reagents can be used to screen tissue cultures for contamination.
  • the polynucleotides of the present invention can be used as molecular weight markers on Southern gels, as diagnostic probes for the presence of a specific mRNA in a particular cell type, as a probe to "subtract-out" known sequences in the process of discovering novel polynucleotides, for selecting and making oligomers for attachment to a "gene chip” or other support, to raise anti-DNA antibodies using DNA immunization techniques, and as an antigen to elicit an immune response.
  • a polypeptide of the present invention can be used to assay protein levels in a biological sample using antibody-based techniques.
  • protein expression in tissues can be studied with classical immunohistological methods.
  • Other antibody-based methods useful for detecting protein gene expression include immunoassays, such as the enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and the radioimmunoassay (RIA).
  • ELISA enzyme linked immunosorbent assay
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • Suitable antibody assay labels include enzyme labels, such as, glucose oxidase, and radioisotopes, such as iodine (1251, 1211), carbon (14C), sulfur (35S), tritium (3H), indium (112h ⁇ ), and technetium (99mTc), and fluorescent labels, such as fluorescein and rhodamine, and biotin.
  • enzyme labels such as, glucose oxidase, and radioisotopes, such as iodine (1251, 1211), carbon (14C), sulfur (35S), tritium (3H), indium (112h ⁇ ), and technetium (99mTc)
  • fluorescent labels such as fluorescein and rhodamine, and biotin.
  • proteins can also be detected in vivo by imaging.
  • Antibody labels or markers for in vivo imaging of protein include those detectable by X-radiography, NMR or ESR.
  • suitable labels include radioisotopes such as barium or cesium, which emit detectable radiation but are not overtly harmful to the subject.
  • Suitable markers for NMR and ESR include those with a detectable characteristic spin, such as deuterium, which maybe incorporated into the antibody by labeling of nutrients for the relevant hybridoma.
  • a protein-specific antibody or antibody fragment which has been labeled with an appropriate detectable imaging moiety such as a radioisotope (for example, 1311, 112h ⁇ , 99mTc), a radio-opaque substance, or a material detectable by nuclear magnetic resonance, is introduced (for example, parenterally, subcutaneously, or intraperitoneally) into the mammal.
  • an appropriate detectable imaging moiety such as a radioisotope (for example, 1311, 112h ⁇ , 99mTc), a radio-opaque substance, or a material detectable by nuclear magnetic resonance.
  • the labeled antibody or antibody fragment will then preferentially accumulate at the location of cells which contain the specific protein, hi vivo tumor imaging is described in S.W. Burchiel et al., "hnmunopharmacokinetics of Radiolabeled Antibodies and Their Fragments.” (Chapter 13 in Tumor Imaging: The Radiochemical Detection of Cancer, S.W. Burchiel and B. A. Rhodes, eds., Masson Publishing hie.
  • the invention provides a diagnostic method of a disorder, which involves (a) assaying the expression of a polypeptide of the present invention in cells or body fluid of an individual; (b) comparing the level of gene expression with a standard gene expression level, whereby an increase or decrease in the assayed polypeptide gene expression level compared to the standard expression level is indicative of a disorder.
  • a diagnostic method of a disorder which involves (a) assaying the expression of a polypeptide of the present invention in cells or body fluid of an individual; (b) comparing the level of gene expression with a standard gene expression level, whereby an increase or decrease in the assayed polypeptide gene expression level compared to the standard expression level is indicative of a disorder.
  • the presence of a relatively high amount of transcript in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual clinical symptoms.
  • a more definitive diagnosis of this type may allow health professionals to employ preventative measures
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be used to treat, prevent, and/or diagnose disease.
  • patients can be administered a polypeptide of the present invention in an effort to replace absent or decreased levels of the polypeptide (e.g., insulin), to supplement absent or decreased levels of a different polypeptide (e.g., hemoglobin S for hemoglobin B, SOD, catalase, DNA repair proteins), to inhibit the activity of a polypeptide (e.g., an oncogene or tumor supressor), to activate the activity of a polypeptide (e.g., by binding to a receptor), to reduce the activity of a membrane bound receptor by competing with it for free ligand (e.g., soluble TNF receptors used in reducing inflammation), or to bring about a desired response (e.g., blood vessel growth inhibition, enhancement of the immune response to proliferative cells or tissues).
  • a desired response e.g., blood vessel growth inhibition, enhancement of the immune response to proliferative cells or tissues.
  • antibodies directed to a polypeptide of the present invention can also be used to treat, prevent, and/or diagnose disease.
  • adminisfration of an antibody directed to a polypeptide of the present invention can bind and reduce overproduction of the polypeptide.
  • administration of an antibody can activate the polypeptide, such as by binding to a polypeptide bound to a membrane (receptor).
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be used as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels or on molecular sieve gel filtration columns using methods well known to those of skill in the art. Polypeptides can also be used to raise antibodies, which in turn are used to measure protein expression from a recombinant cell, as a way of assessing transformation of the host cell. Moreover, the polypeptides of the present invention can be used to test the following biological activities. Gene Therapy Methods
  • Another aspect of the present invention is to gene therapy methods for treatingor preventing disorders, diseases and conditions.
  • the gene therapy methods relate to the introduction of nucleic acid (DNA, RNA and antisense DNA or RNA) sequences into an animal to achieve expression of a polypeptide of the present invention.
  • This method requires a polynucleotide which codes for a polypeptide of the invention that operatively linked to a promoter and any other genetic elements necessary for the expression of the polypeptide by the target tissue.
  • Such gene therapy and delivery techniques are known in the art, see, for example, WO90/11092, which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • cells from a patient may be engineered with a polynucleotide (DNA or RNA) comprising a promoter operably linked to a polynucleotide of the invention ex vivo, with the engineered cells then being provided to a patient to be treated with the polypeptide.
  • a polynucleotide DNA or RNA
  • Such methods are well-known in the art. For example, see Belldegrun et al., J. Natl. Cancer h st., 85:207-216 (1993); Fercantini et al., Cancer Research, 53:107-1112 (1993); Ferrantini et al., J. Immunology 153: 4604-4615 (1994); Kaido, T., et al., Int. J.
  • the cells which are engineered are arterial cells.
  • the arterial cells may be reintroduced into the patient through direct injection to the artery, the tissues surrounding the artery, or through catheter injection.
  • the polynucleotide constructs can be delivered by any method that delivers injectable materials to the cells of an animal, such as, injection into the interstitial space of tissues (heart, muscle, skin, lung, liver, and the like).
  • the polynucleotide constructs may be delivered in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid or aqueous carrier.
  • the polynucleotide of the invention is delivered as a naked polynucleotide.
  • naked polynucleotide, DNA or RNA refers to sequences that are free from any delivery vehicle that acts to assist, promote or facilitate entry into the cell, including viral sequences, viral particles, liposome formulations, lipofectin or precipitating agents and the like.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention can also be delivered in liposome formulations and lipofectin formulations and the like can be prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art. Such methods are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,593,972, 5,589,466, and 5,580,859, which are herein incorporated by reference.
  • the polynucleotide vector constructs of the invention used in the gene therapy method are preferably constructs that will not integrate into the host genome nor will they contain sequences that allow for replication.
  • Appropriate vectors include pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl and pSG available from Sfratagene; pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL available from Pharmacia; and pEFl/V5, pcDNA3.1, and pRc/CMV2 available from Invitrogen.
  • Other suitable vectors will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan.
  • Suitable promoters include adeno viral promoters, such as the adeno viral major late promoter; or heterologous promoters, such as the cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter; the respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) promoter; inducible promoters, such as the MMT promoter, the metallothionein promoter; heat shock promoters; the albumin promoter; the ApoAI promoter; human globin promoters; viral thymidine kinase promoters, such as the Herpes Simplex thymidine kinase promoter; refroviral LTRs; the b-actin promoter; and human growth hormone promoters.
  • the promoter also may be the native promoter for the polynucleotides of the invention.
  • one major advantage of introducing naked nucleic acid sequences into target cells is the transitory nature of the polynucleotide synthesis in the cells. Studies have shown that non-replicating DNA sequences can be introduced into cells to provide production of the desired polypeptide for periods of up to six months.
  • the polynucleotide construct of the invention can be delivered to the interstitial space of tissues within the an animal, including of muscle, skin, brain, lung, liver, spleen, bone marrow, thymus, heart, lymph, blood, bone, cartilage, pancreas, kidney, gall bladder, stomach, intestine, testis, ovary, uterus, rectum, nervous system, eye, gland, and connective tissue.
  • Interstitial space of the tissues comprises the intercellular, fluid, mucopolysaccharide matrix among the reticular fibers of organ tissues, elastic fibers in the walls of vessels or chambers, collagen fibers of fibrous tissues, or that same matrix within connective tissue ensheathing muscle cells or in the lacunae of bone.
  • the space occupied by the plasma of the circulation and the lymph fluid of the lymphatic channels Delivery to the interstitial space of muscle tissue is preferred for the reasons discussed below. They may be conveniently delivered by injection into the tissues comprising these cells. They are preferably delivered to and expressed in persistent, non-dividing cells which are differentiated, although delivery and expression may be achieved in non-differentiated or less completely differentiated cells, such as, for example, stem cells of blood or skin fibroblasts. In vivo muscle cells are particularly competent in their ability to take up and express polynucleotides.
  • an effective dosage amount of DNA or RNA will be in the range of from about 0.05 mg/kg body weight to about 50 mg/kg body weight. Preferably the dosage will be from about 0.005 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg and more preferably from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg. Of course, as the artisan of ordinary skill will appreciate, this dosage will vary according to the tissue site of injection.
  • the appropriate and effective dosage of nucleic acid sequence can readily be determined by those of ordinary skill in the art and may depend on the condition being treated and the route of adminisfration. The preferred route of adminisfration is by the parenteral route of injection into the interstitial space of tissues.
  • parenteral routes may also be used, such as, inhalation of an aerosol formulation particularly for delivery to lungs or bronchial tissues, throat or mucous membranes of the nose.
  • naked DNA constructs can be delivered to arteries during angioplasty by the catheter used in the procedure.
  • the naked polynucleotides are delivered by any method known in the art, including, but not limited to, direct needle injection at the delivery site, intravenous injection, topical adminisfration, catheter infusion, and so-called "gene guns". These delivery methods are known in the art.
  • the constructs may also be delivered with delivery vehicles such as viral sequences, viral particles, liposome formulations, lipofectin, precipitating agents, etc. Such methods of delivery are known in the art.
  • the polynucleotide constructs of the invention are complexed in a liposome preparation.
  • Liposomal preparations for use in the instant invention include cationic (positively charged), anionic (negatively charged) and damral preparations.
  • cationic liposomes are particularly preferred because a tight charge complex can be formed between the cationic liposome and the polyanionic nucleic acid.
  • Cationic liposomes have been shown to mediate intracellular delivery of plasmid DNA (Feigner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 84:7413-7416 (1987), which is herein incorporated by reference); mRNA (Malone et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 86:6077-6081 (1989), which is herein incorporated by reference); and purified transcription factors (Debs et al., J. Biol. Chem.,
  • Cationic liposomes are readily available.
  • N[l-2,3-dioleyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-triethylammonium (DOTMA) liposomes are particularly useful and are available under the frademark Lipofectin, from GIBCO BRL, Grand Island, N.Y. (See, also, Feigner et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA , 84:7413-7416 (1987), which is herein incorporated by reference).
  • Other commercially available liposomes include fransfectace (DDAB/DOPE) and DOTAP/DOPE (Boehringer).
  • Other cationic liposomes can be prepared from readily available materials using techniques well known in the art.
  • DOTAP l,2-bis(oleoyloxy)-3-(trimethylammomo)propane liposomes.
  • DOTMA liposomes Preparation of DOTMA liposomes is explained in the literature, see, e.g., Feigner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 84:7413-7417, which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • anionic and neutral liposomes are readily available, such as from Avanti Polar Lipids (Birmingham, Ala.), or can be easily prepared using readily available materials.
  • Such materials include phosphatidyl, choline, cholesterol, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, dioleoylphosphatidyl choline (DOPC), dioleoylphosphatidyl glycerol (DOPG), dioleoylphoshatidyl ethanolamine (DOPE), among others.
  • DOPC dioleoylphosphatidyl choline
  • DOPG dioleoylphosphatidyl glycerol
  • DOPE dioleoylphoshatidyl ethanolamine
  • DOPC dioleoylphosphatidyl choline
  • DOPG dioleoylphosphatidyl glycerol
  • DOPE dioleoylphosphatidyl ethanolamine
  • DOPG/DOPC vesicles can be prepared by drying 50 mg each of DOPG and DOPC under a stream of nitrogen gas into a sonication vial. The sample is placed under a vacuum pump overnight and is hydrated the following day with deionized water.
  • the sample is then sonicated for 2 hours in a capped vial, using a Heat Systems model 350 sonicator equipped with an inverted cup (bath type) probe at the maximum setting while the bath is circulated at 15EC.
  • negatively charged vesicles can be prepared without sonication to produce multilamellar vesicles or by extrusion through nucleopore membranes to produce unilamellar vesicles of discrete size.
  • Other methods are known and available to those of skill in the art.
  • the liposomes can comprise multilamellar vesicles (MLNs), small unilamellar vesicles (SUNs), or large unilamellar vesicles (LUVs), with SUVs being preferred.
  • MLVs containing nucleic acid can be prepared by depositing a thin film of phospholipid on the walls of a glass tube and subsequently hydrating with a solution of the material to be encapsulated.
  • SUVs are prepared by extended sonication of MLVs to produce a homogeneous population of unilamellar liposomes.
  • the material to be entrapped is added to a suspension of preformed MLVs and then sonicated.
  • liposomes containing cationic lipids the dried lipid film is resuspended in an appropriate solution such as sterile water or an isotonic buffer solution such as 10 mM Tris/ ⁇ aCl, sonicated, and then the preformed liposomes are mixed directly with the D ⁇ A.
  • the liposome and D ⁇ A form a very stable complex due to binding of the positively charged liposomes to the cationic D ⁇ A.
  • SUVs find use with small nucleic acid fragments.
  • LUVs are prepared by a number of methods, well known in the art. Commonly used methods include Ca -EDTA chelation (Papahadjopoulos et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 394:483 (1975); Wilson et al., Cell , 17:77 (1979)); ether injection (Deamer et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 443:629 (1976); Osfro et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 76:836 (1977); Fraley et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 76:3348 (1979)); detergent dialysis (Enoch et al., Proc. Natl.
  • the ratio of DNA to liposomes will be from about 10:1 to about 1 :10.
  • the ration will be from about 5:1 to about 1:5. More preferably, the ration will be about 3 : 1 to about 1:3. Still more preferably, the ratio will be about 1:1.
  • U.S. Patent NO: 5,676,954 (which is herein incorporated by reference) reports on the injection of genetic material, complexed with cationic liposomes carriers, into mice.
  • cells are engineered, ex vivo or in vivo, using a refroviral particle containing RNA which comprises a sequence encoding polypeptides of the invention.
  • Retroviruses from which the refroviral plasmid vectors may be derived include, but are not limited to, Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus, spleen necrosis virus, Rous sarcoma Virus, Harvey Sarcoma Virus, avian leukosis virus, gibbon ape leukemia virus, human immunodeficiency virus, Myeloprohferative Sarcoma Virus, and mammary tumor virus.
  • the refroviral plasmid vector is employed to transduce packaging cell lines to form producer cell lines.
  • packaging cells which may be fransfected include, but are not limited to, the PE501, PA317, R-2, R-AM, PA12, T19-14X, VT- 19-17-H2, RCRE, RCRTP, GP+E-86, GP+envAml2, and DAN cell lines as described in Miller, Human Gene Therapy , 1 :5-14 (1990), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the vector may transduce the packaging cells through any means known in the art. Such means include, but are not limited to, electroporation, the use of liposomes, and CaPO 4 precipitation.
  • the refroviral plasmid vector may be encapsulated into a liposome, or coupled to a lipid, and then administered to a host.
  • the producer cell line generates infectious refroviral vector particles which include polynucleotide encoding polypeptides of the invention.
  • Such refroviral vector particles then may be employed, to transduce eukaryotic cells, either in vitro or in vivo.
  • the transduced eukaryotic cells will express polypeptides of the invention.
  • cells are engineered, ex vivo or in vivo, with polynucleotides of the invention contained in an adenovirus vector.
  • Adenoviras can be manipulated such that it encodes and expresses polypeptides of the invention, and at the same time is inactivated in terms of its ability to replicate in a normal lytic viral life cycle.
  • Adenovirus expression is achieved without integration of the viral DNA into the host cell chromosome, thereby alleviating concerns about insertional mutagenesis.
  • adenoviruses have been used as live enteric vaccines for many years with an excellent safety profile (Schwartzet al., Am. Rev. Respir. Dis., 109:233-238 (1974)).
  • adenovirus mediated gene transfer has been demonstrated in a number of instances including transfer of alpha- 1-antitrypsin and CFTR to the lungs of cotton rats (Rosenfeld et al.,Science , 252:431-434 (1991); Rosenfeld et al., Cell, 68:143-155 (1992)).
  • Furthennore extensive studies to attempt to establish adenoviras as a causative agent in human cancer were uniformly negative (Green et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 76:6606 (1979)).
  • Suitable adenoviral vectors useful in the present invention are described, for example, in Kozarsky and Wilson, Curr. Opin. Genet. Devel., 3:499-503 (1993); Rosenfeld et al., Cell , 68: 143-155 (1992); Engelhardt et al., Human Genet. Ther., 4:759-769 (1993); Yang et al, Nature Genet., 7:362-369 (1994); Wilson et al., Nature , 365:691-692 (1993); and U.S. Patent NO: 5,652,224, which are herein incorporated by reference.
  • the adenoviras vector Ad2 is useful and can be grown in human 293 cells.
  • These cells contain the El region of adenovirus and constitutively express Ela and Elb, which complement the defective adenovirases by providing the products of the genes deleted from the vector.
  • Ad2 other varieties of adenovirus (e.g., Ad3, Ad5, and Ad7) are also useful in the present invention.
  • the adenoviruses used in the present invention are replication deficient.
  • Replication deficient adenovirases require the aid of a helper viras and/or packaging cell line to form infectious particles.
  • the resulting virus is capable of infecting cells and can express a polynucleotide of interest which is operably linked to a promoter, but cannot replicate in most cells.
  • Replication deficient adenovirases may be deleted in one or more of all or a portion of the following genes: Ela, Elb, E3, E4, E2a, or LI through L5.
  • the cells are engineered, ex vivo or in vivo, using an adeno-associated virus (AAV).
  • AAV adeno-associated virus
  • AAVs are naturally occurring defective viruses that require helper viruses to produce infectious particles (Muzyczka, Cun. Topics in Microbiol. Immunol., 158:97 (1992)). It is also one of the few viruses that may integrate its DNA into non-dividing cells. Vectors containing as little as 300 base pairs of AAV can be packaged and can integrate, but space for exogenous DNA is limited to about 4.5 kb. Methods for producing and using such AAVs are known in the art. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,139,941, 5,173,414, 5,354,678, 5,436,146, 5,474,935, 5,478,745, and 5,589,377.
  • an appropriate AAV vector for use in the present invention will include all the sequences necessary for DNA replication, encapsidation, and host-cell integration.
  • the polynucleotide construct containing polynucleotides of the invention is inserted into the AAV vector using standard cloning methods, such as those found in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press (1989).
  • the recombinant AAV vector is then fransfected into packaging cells which are infected with a helper viras, using any standard technique, including lipofection, electroporation, calcium phosphate precipitation, etc.
  • helper virases include adenovirases, cytomegalovirases, vaccinia viruses, or herpes viruses.
  • Polynucleotide constructs are made, using standard techniques known in the art, which contain the promoter with targeting sequences flanking the promoter. Suitable promoters are described herein.
  • the targeting sequence is sufficiently complementary to an endogenous sequence to permit homologous recombination of the promoter-targeting sequence with the endogenous sequence.
  • the targeting sequence will be sufficiently near the 5 ' end of the desired endogenous polynucleotide sequence so the promoter will be operably linked to the endogenous sequence upon homologous recombination.
  • the promoter and the targeting sequences can be amplified using PCR.
  • the amplified promoter contains distinct restriction enzyme sites on the 5 ' and 3' ends.
  • the 3 ' end of the first targeting sequence contains the same restriction enzyme site as the 5' end of the amplified promoter and the 5' end of the second targeting sequence contains the same restriction site as the 3' end of the amplified promoter.
  • the amplified promoter and targeting sequences are digested and ligated together.
  • the promoter-targeting sequence construct is delivered to the cells, either as naked polynucleotide, or in conjunction with transfection-facilitating agents, such as liposomes, viral sequences, viral particles, whole virases, lipofection, precipitating agents, etc., described in more detail above.
  • the P promoter-targeting sequence can be delivered by any method, included direct needle injection, intravenous injection, topical adminisfration, catheter infusion, particle accelerators, etc. The methods are described in more detail below.
  • the promoter-targeting sequence construct is taken up by cells. Homologous recombination between the construct and the endogenous sequence takes place, such that an endogenous sequence is placed under the control of the promoter. The promoter then drives the expression of the endogenous sequence.
  • polypeptides of the present invention may be administered along with other polynucleotides encoding other angiongenic proteins.
  • Angiogenic proteins include, but are not limited to, acidic and basic fibroblast growth factors, VEGF-1, VEGF-2 (VEGF-C), VEGF-3 (VEGF-B), epidermal growth factor alpha and beta, platelet-derived endothehal cell growth factor, platelet-derived growth factor, tumor necrosis factor alpha, hepatocyte growth factor, insulin like growth factor, colony stimulating factor, macrophage colony stimulating factor, granulocyte/macrophage colony stimulating factor, and nitric oxide synthase.
  • the polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of the invention contains a secretory signal sequence that facilitates secretion of the protein.
  • the signal sequence is positioned in the coding region of the polynucleotide to be expressed towards or at the 5' end of the coding region.
  • the signal sequence may be homologous or heterologous to the polynucleotide of interest and may be homologous or heterologous to the cells to be fransfected. Additionally, the signal sequence may be chemically synthesized using methods known in the art.
  • any mode of adminisfration of any of the above-described polynucleotides constructs can be used so long as the mode results in the expression of one or more molecules in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect.
  • This includes direct needle injection, systemic injection, catheter infusion, biolistic injectors, particle accelerators (i.e., "gene guns"), gelfoam sponge depots, other commercially available depot materials, osmotic pumps (e.g., Alza minipumps), oral or suppositorial solid (tablet or pill) pharmaceutical formulations, and decanting or topical applications during surgery.
  • a preferred method of local administration is by direct injection.
  • a recombinant molecule of the present invention complexed with a delivery vehicle is administered by direct injection into or locally within the area of arteries.
  • Administration of a composition locally within the area of arteries refers to injecting the composition centimeters and preferably, millimeters within arteries.
  • Another method of local administration is to contact a polynucleotide construct of the present invention in or around a surgical wound.
  • a patient can undergo surgery and the polynucleotide construct can be coated on the surface of tissue inside the wound or the construct can be injected into areas of tissue inside the wound.
  • compositions useful in systemic adminisfration include recombinant molecules of the present invention complexed to a targeted delivery vehicle of the present invention.
  • Suitable delivery vehicles for use with systemic administration comprise liposomes comprising ligands for targeting the vehicle to a particular site.
  • Intravenous injections can be performed using methods standard in the art. Aerosol delivery can also be perfonned using methods standard in the art (see, for example, Stribling et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA , 189:11277-11281 (1992), which is incorporated herein by reference).
  • Oral delivery can be performed by complexing a polynucleotide construct of the present invention to a carrier capable of withstanding degradation by digestive enzymes in the gut of an animal. Examples of such carriers, include plastic capsules or tablets, such as those known in the art.
  • Topical delivery can be performed by mixing a polynucleotide construct of the present invention with a lipophilic reagent (e.g., DMSO) that is capable of passing into the skin.
  • a lipophilic reagent e.g., DMSO
  • Determining an effective amount of substance to be delivered can depend upon a number of factors including, for example, the chemical structure and biological activity of the substance, the age and weight of the animal, the precise condition requiring treatment and its severity, and the route of administration. The frequency of treatments depends upon a number of factors, such as the amount of polynucleotide constructs administered per dose, as well as the health and history of the subject. The precise amount, number of doses, and timing of doses will be determined by the attending physician or veterinarian.
  • Therapeutic compositions of the present invention can be administered to any animal, preferably to mammals and birds. Preferred mammals include humans, dogs, cats, mice, rats, rabbits sheep, cattle, horses and pigs, with humans being particularly
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists of the present invention can be used in assays to test for one or more biological activities. If these polynucleotides and polypeptides do exhibit activity in a particular assay, it is likely that these molecules may be involved in the diseases associated with the biological activity. Thus, the polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists could be used to treat the associated disease.
  • Polynucleotides, franslation products and antibodies corresponding to this gene may be useful for the diagnosis, prognosis, prevention, and/or treatment of diseases and/or disorders associated with the following systems.
  • Polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention may be useful in treating, preventing, diagnosing and/or prognosing diseases, disorders, and/or conditions of the immune system, by, for example, activating or inhibiting the proliferation, differentiation, or mobilization (chemotaxis) of immune cells.
  • Immune cells develop through a process called hematopoiesis, producing myeloid (platelets, red blood cells, durophils, and macrophages) and lymphoid (B and T lymphocytes) cells from pluripotent stem cells.
  • immune diseases, disorders, and/or conditions may be genetic, somatic, such as cancer and some autoimmune diseases, acquired (e.g., by chemotherapy or toxins), or infectious.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention can be used as a marker or detector of a particular immune system disease or disorder.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may be used to treat diseases and disorders of the immune system and/or to inhibit or enhance an immune response generated by cells associated with the tissue(s) in which the polypeptide of the invention is expressed, including one, two, three, four, five, or more tissues disclosed in Table 1 A, column 8 (Tissue Distribution Library Code).
  • Polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention may be useful in treating, preventing, diagnosing, and/or prognosing immunodeficiencies, including both congenital and acquired immunodeficiencies.
  • B cell immiinodeficiencies in which immunoglobulin levels B cell function and/or B cell numbers are decreased include: X-linked agammaglobulinemia (Bruton's disease), X-linked infantile agammaglobulinemia, X-linked immunodeficiency with hyper IgM, non X-linked immunodeficiency with hyper IgM, X-linked lymphoproliferative syndrome (XLP), agammaglobulinemia including congenital and acquired agammaglobulinemia, adult onset agammaglobulinemia, late- onset agammaglobulinemia, dysgammaglobulinemia, hypogammaglobulinemia, unspecified hypogammaglobulinemia, recessive agammaglobulinemia (Swiss type), Selective IgM deficiency, selective IgA deficiency, selective IgG subclass deficiencies, IgG subclass deficiency (with or without IgA defic
  • Ataxia-telangiectasia or conditions associated with ataxia-telangiectasia are treated, prevented, diagnosed, and/or prognosing using the polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention, and/or agonists or antagonists thereof.
  • Examples of congenital immunodeficiencies in which T cell and/or B cell function and/or number is decreased include, but are not limited to: DiGeorge anomaly, severe combined immunodeficiencies (SCID) (including, but not limited to, X-linked SCID, autosomal recessive SCID, adenosine deaminase deficiency, purine nucleoside phosphorylase (PNP) deficiency, Class ⁇ MHC deficiency (Bare lymphocyte syndrome), Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome, and ataxia telangiectasia), thymic hypoplasia, third and fourth pharyngeal pouch syndrome, 22ql 1.2 deletion, chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis, natural killer cell deficiency (NK), idiopathic CD4+ T- lymphocytopenia, immunodeficiency with predominant T cell defect (unspecified), and unspecified immunodeficiency of cell mediated immunity.
  • SCID severe combined immunodefici
  • DiGeorge anomaly or conditions associated with DiGeorge anomaly are treated, prevented, diagnosed, and/or prognosed using polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention, or antagonists or agonists thereof.
  • Other immunodeficiencies that may be treated, prevented, diagnosed, and/or prognosed using polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention, and/or agonists or antagonists thereof, include, but are not limited to, chronic granulomatous disease, Chediak-Higashi syndrome, myeloperoxidase deficiency, leukocyte glucose-6- phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency, X-linked lymphoproliferative syndrome (XLP), leukocyte adhesion deficiency, complement component deficiencies (including Cl, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, C8 and/or C9 deficiencies), reticular dysgenesis, thymic alymphoplasia-aplasia, immunodeficiency with thymoma,
  • the immunodeficiencies and/or conditions associated with the immunodeficiencies recited above are treated, prevented, diagnosed and/or prognosed using polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention could be used as an agent to boost immunoresponsiveness among immunodeficient individuals.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention could be used as an agent to boost immiinoresponsiveness among B cell and/or T cell immunodeficient individuals.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention may be useful in treating, preventing, diagnosing and/or prognosing autoimmune disorders.
  • Many autoimmune disorders result from inappropriate recognition of self as foreign material by immune cells. This inappropriate recognition results in an immune response leading to the destruction of the host tissue. Therefore, the administration of polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention that can inhibit an immune response, particularly the proliferation, differentiation, or chemotaxis of T-cells, may be an effective therapy in preventing autoimmune disorders.
  • Autoimmune diseases or disorders that may be treated, prevented, diagnosed and/or prognosed by polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, multiple sclerosis, autoimmune thyroiditis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, hemolytic anemia, thrombocytopenia, autoimmune thrombocytopenia purpura, autoimmune neonatal thrombocytopenia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia purpura, purpura (e.g., Henloch-Scoenlein purpura), autoimmunocytopenia, Goodpasture's syndrome, Pemphigus vulgaris, myasthenia gravis, Grave's disease (hyperthyroidism), and insulin-resistant diabetes mellitus.
  • Additional disorders that are likely to have an autoimmune component that may be treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with the compositions of the invention include, but are not limited to, type ⁇ collagen-induced arthritis, antiphospholipid syndrome, dermatitis, allergic encephalomyelitis, myocarditis, relapsing polychondritis, rheumatic heart disease, neuritis, uveitis ophthalmia, polyendocrinopathies, Reiter's Disease, Stiff-Man Syndrome, autoimmune pulmonary inflammation, autism, Guillain-Barre Syndrome, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, and autoimmune inflammatory eye disorders.
  • Additional disorders that are likely to have an autoimmune component that may be treated, prevented, diagnosed and/or prognosed with the compositions of the invention include, but are not limited to, scleroderma with anti-collagen antibodies (often characterized, e.g., by nucleolar and other nuclear antibodies), mixed connective tissue disease (often characterized, e.g., by antibodies to extractable nuclear antigens (e.g., ribonucleoprotein)), polymyositis (often characterized, e.g., by nonhistone ANA), pernicious anemia (often characterized, e.g., by antiparietal cell, microsomes, and intrinsic factor antibodies), idiopathic Addison's disease (often characterized, e.g., by humoral and cell-mediated adrenal cytotoxicity, infertility
  • glomerulonephritis often characterized, e.g., by glomerular basement membrane antibodies or immune complexes
  • bullous pemphigoid often characterized, e.g., by IgG and complement in basement membrane
  • Sjogren's syndrome often characterized, e.g., by multiple tissue antibodies, and/or a specific nonhistone ANA (SS-B)
  • diabetes mellitus often characterized, e.g., by cell-mediated and humoral islet cell antibodies
  • adrenergic drug resistance including adrenergic drag resistance with asthma or cystic fibrosis
  • beta-adrenergic receptor antibodies often characterized, e.g., by beta-adrenergic receptor antibodies
  • Additional disorders that may have an autoimmune component that may be treated, prevented, diagnosed and/or prognosed with the compositions of the invention include, but are not limited to, chronic active hepatitis (often characterized, e.g., by smooth muscle antibodies), primary biliary cirrhosis (often characterized, e.g., by mitochondria antibodies), other endocrine gland failure (often characterized, e.g., by specific tissue antibodies in some cases), vitiligo (often characterized, e.g., by melanocyte antibodies), vasculitis (often characterized, e.g., by Ig and complement in vessel walls and/or low serum complement), post-MI (often characterized, e.g., by myocardial antibodies), cardiotomy syndrome (often characterized, e.g., by myocardial antibodies), urticaria (often characterized, e.g., by IgG and IgM antibodies to IgE), atopic dermatitis (often
  • the autoimmune diseases and disorders and/or conditions associated with the diseases and disorders recited above are treated, prevented, diagnosed and/or prognosed using for example, antagonists or agonists, polypeptides or polynucleotides, or antibodies of the present invention, hi a specific preferred embodiment, rheumatoid arthritis is treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention.
  • systemic lupus erythematosus is treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention
  • idiopathic thrombocytopenia purpura is treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention.
  • IgA nephropathy is treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention.
  • the autoimmune diseases and disorders and/or conditions associated with the diseases and disorders recited above are treated, prevented, diagnosed and/or prognosed using polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention hi preferred embodiments, polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as a immunosuppressive agent(s).
  • Polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and or agonists or antagonists of the present invention may be useful in treating, preventing, prognosing, and/or diagnosing diseases, disorders, and/or conditions of hematopoietic cells.
  • Polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention could be used to increase differentiation and proliferation of hematopoietic cells, including the pluripotent stem cells, in an effort to treat or prevent those diseases, disorders, . and/or conditions associated with a decrease in certain (or many) types hematopoietic cells, including but not limited to, leukopenia, neutropenia, anemia, and thrombocytopenia.
  • Polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention could be used to increase differentiation and proliferation of hematopoietic cells, including the pluripotent stem cells, in an effort to treat or prevent those diseases, disorders, and/or conditions associated with an increase in certain (or many) types of hematopoietic cells, including but not limited to, histiocytosis.
  • Allergic reactions and conditions such as asthma (particularly allergic asthma) or other respiratory problems, may also be treated, prevented, diagnosed and/or prognosed using polypeptides, antibodies, or polynucleotides of the invention, and/or agonists or antagonists thereof.
  • these molecules can be used to treat, prevent, prognose, and/or diagnose anaphylaxis, hypersensitivity to an antigenic molecule, or blood group incompatibility.
  • polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention may be used to treat, prevent, diagnose and/or prognose IgE-mediated allergic reactions.
  • allergic reactions include, but are not limited to, asthma, rhinitis, and eczema.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention may be used to modulate IgE concentrations in vitro or in vivo.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention have uses in the diagnosis, prognosis, prevention, and/or treatment of inflammatory conditions.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, or polynucleotides of the invention, and/or agonists or antagonists of the invention may inhibit the activation, proliferation and/or differentiation of cells involved in an inflammatory response, these molecules can be used to prevent and/or treat chronic and acute inflammatory conditions.
  • Such inflammatory conditions include, but are not limited to, for example, inflammation associated with infection (e.g., septic shock, sepsis, or systemic inflammatory response syndrome), ischemia- reperfusion injury, endotoxin lethality, complement-mediated hyperacute rejection, nephritis, cytokine or chemokine induced lung injury, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, over production of cytokines (e.g., TNF or IL-1.), respiratory disorders (e.g., asthma and allergy); gastrointestinal disorders (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease); cancers (e.g., gastric, ovarian, lung, bladder, liver, and breast); CNS disorders (e.g., multiple sclerosis; ischemic brain injury and/or stroke, traumatic brain injury, neurodegenerative disorders (e.g., Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer's disease); AIDS-related dementia; and prion disease); cardiovascular disorders (e.g., atherosclerosis, myocarditis
  • tissue-specific inflammatory disorders including, but not limited to, adrenalitis, alveolitis, angiocholecystitis, appendicitis, balanitis, blepharitis, bronchitis, bursitis, carditis, cellulitis, cervicitis, cholecystitis, chorditis, cochlitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, beatitis, diverticulitis, encephalitis, endocarditis, esophagitis, eustachitis, fibrositis, folliculitis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, gingivitis, glossitis, hepatosplenitis, keratitis, labyrinthit
  • polypeptides, antibodies, or polynucleotides of the invention, and/or agonists or antagonists thereof are useful to diagnose, prognose, prevent, and/or treat organ transplant rejections and graft-versus-host disease.
  • Organ rejection occurs by host immune cell destruction of the transplanted tissue through an immune response.
  • an immune response is also involved in GVHD, but, in this case, the foreign transplanted immune cells destroy the host tissues.
  • Polypeptides, antibodies, or polynucleotides of the invention, and/or agonists or antagonists thereof, that inhibit an immune response, particularly the activation, proliferation, differentiation, or chemotaxis of T-cells may be an effective therapy in preventing organ rejection or GNHD.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, or polynucleotides of the invention, and/or agonists or antagonists thereof, that inhibit an immune response, particularly the activation, proliferation, differentiation, or chemotaxis of T-cells maybe an effective therapy in preventing experimental allergic and hyperacute xenograft rejection.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, or polynucleotides of the invention, and/or agonists or antagonists thereof are useful to diagnose, prognose, prevent, and or treat immune complex diseases, including, but not limited to, serum sickness, post streptococcal glomerulonephritis, polyarteritis nodosa, and immune complex-induced vasculitis.
  • Polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the invention can be used to freat, detect, and/or prevent infectious agents.
  • infectious agents For example, by increasing the immune response, particularly increasing the proliferation activation and/or differentiation of B and/or T cells, infectious diseases maybe treated, detected, and/or prevented.
  • the immune response may be increased by either enhancing an existing immune response, or by initiating a new immune response.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention may also directly inhibit the infectious agent (refer to section of application listing infectious agents, etc), without necessarily eliciting an immune response.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as a vaccine adjuvant that enhances immune responsiveness to an antigen.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as an adjuvant to enhance tumor-specific immune responses.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as an adjuvant to enhance anti-viral immune responses.
  • Anti-viral immune responses that may be enhanced using the compositions of the invention as an adjuvant include viras and virus associated diseases or symptoms described herein or otherwise known in the art.
  • compositions of the invention are used as an adjuvant to enhance an immune response to a virus, disease, or symptom selected from the group consisting of: AIDS, meningitis, Dengue, EBN, and hepatitis (e.g., hepatitis B).
  • compositions of the invention are used as an adjuvant to enhance an immune response to a virus, disease, or symptom selected from the group consisting of: HIN/AIDS, respiratory syncytial viras, Dengue, rotaviras, Japanese B encephalitis, influenza A and B, parainfluenza, measles, cytomegaloviras, rabies, Junin, Chikungunya, Rift Valley Fever, herpes simplex, and yellow fever.
  • a virus, disease, or symptom selected from the group consisting of: HIN/AIDS, respiratory syncytial viras, Dengue, rotaviras, Japanese B encephalitis, influenza A and B, parainfluenza, measles, cytomegaloviras, rabies, Junin, Chikungunya, Rift Valley Fever, herpes simplex, and yellow fever.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as an adjuvant to enhance anti-bacterial or anti-fungal immune responses.
  • Anti-bacterial or anti-fungal immune responses that may be enhanced using the compositions of the invention as an adjuvant include bacteria or fungus and bacteria or fungus associated diseases or symptoms described herein or otherwise known in the art.
  • the compositions of the invention are used as an adjuvant to enhance an immune response to a bacteria or fungus, disease, or symptom selected from the group consisting of: tetanus, Diphtheria, botulism, and meningitis type B.
  • compositions of the invention are used as an adjuvant to enhance an immune response to a bacteria or fungus, disease, or symptom selected from the group consisting of: Vibrio cholerae, Mycobacterium leprae, Salmonella typhi, Salmonella paratyphi, Meisseria meningitidis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Group B streptococcus, Shigella spp., Enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli, Enterohemorrhagic E. coli, and Borrelia burgdorferi.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as an adjuvant to enhance anti-parasitic immune responses.
  • Anti-parasitic immune responses that may be enhanced using the compositions of the invention as an adjuvant include parasite and parasite associated diseases or symptoms described herein or otherwise known in the art.
  • the compositions of the invention are used as an • adjuvant to enhance an immune response to a parasite.
  • the compositions of the invention are used as an adjuvant to enhance an immune response to Plasmodium (malaria) or Leishmania.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention may also be employed to freat infectious diseases including silicosis, sarcoidosis, and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis; for example, by preventing the recruitment and activation of mononuclear phagocytes.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as an antigen for the generation of antibodies to inhibit or enhance immune mediated responses against polypeptides of the invention.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are administered to an animal (e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, hamster, guinea pig, pigs, micro-pig, chicken, camel, goat, horse, cow, sheep, dog, cat, non-human primate, and human, most preferably human) to boost the immune system to produce increased quantities of one or more antibodies (e.g., IgG, IgA, IgM, and IgE), to induce higher affinity antibody production and immunoglobulin class switching (e.g., IgG, IgA, IgM, and IgE), and/or to increase an immune response.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as a stimulator of B cell responsiveness to pathogens.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as an activator of T cells.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as an agent that elevates the immune status of an individual prior to their receipt of immunosuppressive therapies.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as an agent to induce higher affinity antibodies.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as an agent to increase serum immunoglobulin concentrations.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as an agent to accelerate recovery of immunocompromised individuals.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as an agent to boost immunoresponsiveness among aged populations and/or neonates.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as an immune system enhancer prior to, during, or after bone marrow transplant and/or other transplants (e.g., allogeneic or xenogeneic organ transplantation).
  • compositions of the invention may be administered prior to, concomitant with, and/or after transplantation.
  • compositions of the invention are administered after transplantation, prior to the beginning of recovery of T-cell populations, hi another specific embodiment, compositions ofthe invention are first administered after transplantation after the beginning of recovery of T cell populations, but prior to full recovery of B cell populations.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as an agent to boost immunoresponsiveness among individuals having an acquired loss of B cell function.
  • Conditions resulting in an acquired loss of B cell function that may be ameliorated or treated by administering the polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists thereof, include, but are not limited to, HIN Infection, AIDS, bone marrow transplant, and B cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL).
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as an agent to boost immunoresponsiveness among individuals having a temporary immune deficiency.
  • Conditions resulting in a temporary immune deficiency that may be ameliorated or treated by administering the polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists thereof, include, but are not limited to, recovery from viral infections (e.g., influenza), conditions associated with malnutrition, recovery from infectious mononucleosis, or conditions associated with stress, recovery from measles, recovery from blood transfusion, and recovery from surgery.
  • viral infections e.g., influenza
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as a regulator of antigen presentation by monocytes, dendritic cells, and/or B-cells.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention enhance antigen presentation or antagonizes antigen presentation in vitro or in vivo.
  • said enhancement or antagonism of antigen presentation may be useful as an anti-tumor treatment or to modulate the immune system.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as an agent to direct an individual's immune system towards development of a humoral response (i.e. TH2) as opposed to a TH1 cellular response.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as a means to induce tumor proliferation and thus make it more susceptible to anti-neoplastic agents. For example, multiple myeloma is a slowly dividing disease and is thus refractory to virtually all anti-neoplastic regimens. If these cells were forced to proliferate more rapidly their susceptibility profile would likely change.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as a stimulator of B cell production in pathologies such as AIDS, chronic lymphocyte disorder and/or Common Variable hnmunodificiency.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention are used as a therapy for generation and/or regeneration of lymphoid tissues following surgery, trauma or genetic defect.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used in the pretreatment of bone marrow samples prior to transplant.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as a gene-based therapy for genetically inherited disorders resulting in immuno- incompetence/immunodeficiency such as observed among SCID patients.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as a means of activating monocytes/macrophages to defend against parasitic diseases that effect monocytes such as Leishmania.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as a means of regulating secreted cytokines that are elicited by polypeptides ofthe invention.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used in one or more ofthe applications decribed herein, as they may apply to veterinary medicine.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as a means of blocking various aspects of immune responses to foreign agents or self.
  • diseases or conditions in which blocking of certain aspects of immune responses may be desired include autoimmune disorders such as lupus, and arthritis, as well as immunoresponsiveness to skin allergies, inflammation, bowel disease, injury and diseases/disorders associated with pathogens.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as a therapy for preventing the B cell proliferation and Ig secretion associated with autoimmune diseases such as idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, systemic lupus erythematosus and multiple sclerosis .
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as a inhibitor of B and/or T cell migration in endothehal cells. This activity disrupts tissue architecture or cognate responses and is useful, for example in disrupting immune responses, and blocking sepsis.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as a therapy for chronic hypergammaglobulinemia evident in such diseases as monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance (MGUS), Waldenstrom's disease, related idiopathic monoclonal gammopathies, and plasmacytomas.
  • MGUS monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance
  • Waldenstrom's disease related idiopathic monoclonal gammopathies
  • plasmacytomas MGUS
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be employed for instance to inhibit polypeptide chemotaxis and activation of macrophages and their precursors, and of embarkophils, basophils, B lymphocytes and some T-cell subsets, e.g., activated and CD8 cytotoxic T cells and natural killer cells, in certain autoimmune and chronic inflammatory and infective diseases. Examples of autoimmune diseases are described herein and include multiple sclerosis, and insulin-dependent diabetes.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may also be employed to treat idiopathic hyper-eosinophilic syndrome by, for example, preventing eosinophil production and migration.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used to enhance or inhibit complement mediated cell lysis.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used to enhance or inhibit antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may also be employed for treating atherosclerosis, for example, by preventing monocyte infiltration in the artery wall.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be employed to treat adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS).
  • ARDS adult respiratory distress syndrome
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful for stimulating wound and tissue repair, stimulating angiogenesis, and/or stimulating the repair of vascular or lymphatic diseases or disorders. Additionally, agonists and antagonists of the invention may be used to stimulate the regeneration of mucosal surfaces.
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, and/or agonists thereof are used to diagnose, prognose, treat, and/or prevent a disorder characterized by primary or acquired immunodeficiency, deficient serum immunoglobulin production, recurrent infections, and/or immune system dysfunction.
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, and/or agonists thereof may be used to treat or prevent infections ofthe joints, bones, skin, and/or parotid glands, blood-borne infections (e.g., sepsis, meningitis, septic arthritis, and/or osteomyelitis), autoimmune diseases (e.g., those disclosed herein), inflammatory disorders, and malignancies, and/or any disease or disorder or condition associated with these infections, diseases, disorders and/or malignancies) including, but not limited to, CVDD, other primary immune deficiencies, HIV disease, CLL, recurrent bronchitis, sinusitis, otitis media, conjunctivitis, pneumonia, hepatitis, meningitis, herpes zoster (e.g., severe herpes zoster), and/or pneumocystis carnii.
  • blood-borne infections e.g., sepsis, meningitis, septic arthritis, and/or
  • diseases and disorders that may be prevented, diagnosed, prognosed, and/or treated with polynucleotides or polypeptides, and/or agonists ofthe present invention include, but are not limited to, HIN infection, HTLV-BLV infection, lymphopenia, phagocyte bactericidal dysfunction anemia, thrombocytopenia, and hemoglobinuria.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used to freat, and/or diagnose an individual having common variable immunodeficiency disease ("CVID"; also known as “acquired agammaglobulinemia” and “acquired hypogammaglobulinemia”) or a subset of tins disease.
  • CVID common variable immunodeficiency disease
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be used to diagnose, prognose, prevent, and/or treat cancers or neoplasms including immune cell or immune tissue- related cancers or neoplasms.
  • cancers or neoplasms that maybe prevented, diagnosed, or treated by polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention include, but are not limited to, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, Hodgkin's disease, non- Hodgkin's lymphoma, acute lymphocytic anemia (ALL) Chronic lymphocyte leukemia, plasmacytomas, multiple myeloma, Burkitt's lymphoma, EBV-fransformed diseases, and/or diseases and disorders described in the section entitled "Hyperproliferative Disorders" elsewhere herein.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as a therapy for decreasing cellular proliferation of Large B-cell Lymphomas.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used as a means of decreasing the involvement of B cells and Ig associated with Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia.
  • the compositions ofthe invention are used as an agent to boost immunoresponsiveness among B cell immunodeficient individuals, such as, for example, an individual who has undergone a partial or complete splenectomy.
  • Antagonists ofthe invention include, for example, binding and/or inhibitory antibodies, antisense nucleic acids, ribozymes or soluble forms ofthe polypeptides of the present invention (e.g., Fc fusion protein; see, e.g., Example 9).
  • Agonists ofthe invention include, for example, binding or stimulatory antibodies, and soluble forms ofthe polypeptides (e.g., Fc fusion proteins; see, e.g., Example 9).
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be employed in a composition with a phannaceutically acceptable carrier, e.g., as described herein.
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are administered to an animal (including, but not limited to, those listed above, and also including transgenic animals) incapable of producing functional endogenous antibody molecules or having an otherwise compromised endogenous immune system, but which is capable of producing human immunoglobulin molecules by means of a reconstituted or partially reconstituted immune system from another animal (see, e.g., published PCT Application Nos. WO98/24893, WO/9634096, WO/9633735, and WO/9110741).
  • polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are useful for the generation of monoclonal antibodies against the polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention in an organ system listed above.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be used to modulate hemostatic (the stopping of bleeding) or thrombolytic (clot dissolving) activity.
  • hemostatic or thrombolytic activity polynucleotides or polypeptides, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could be used to freat or prevent blood coagulation diseases, disorders, and/or conditions (e.g., afibrinogenemia, factor deficiencies, hemophilia), blood platelet diseases, disorders, and/or conditions (e.g., thrombocytopenia), or wounds resulting from trauma, surgery, or other causes.
  • blood coagulation diseases, disorders, and/or conditions e.g., afibrinogenemia, factor deficiencies, hemophilia
  • blood platelet diseases, disorders, and/or conditions e.g., thrombocytopenia
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention that can decrease hemostatic or thrombolytic activity could be used to inhibit or dissolve clotting. These molecules could be important in the treatment or prevention of heart attacks (infarction), strokes, or scarring.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention maybe used to prevent, diagnose, prognose, and/or treat thrombosis, arterial thrombosis, venous thrombosis, thromboembolism, pulmonary embolism, atherosclerosis, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, unstable angina.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention maybe used for the prevention of occulsion of saphenous grafts, for reducing the risk of periprocedural thrombosis as might accompany angioplasty procedures, for reducing the risk of stroke in patients with atrial fibrillation including nonrheumatic atrial fibrillation, for reducing the risk of embolism associated with mechanical heart valves and or mitral valves disease.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention include, but are not limited to, the prevention of occlusions in exfrcorporeal devices (e.g., intravascular canulas, vascular access shunts in hemodialysis patients, hemodialysis machines, and cardiopulmonary bypass machines).
  • exfrcorporeal devices e.g., intravascular canulas, vascular access shunts in hemodialysis patients, hemodialysis machines, and cardiopulmonary bypass machines.
  • a polypeptide ofthe invention may be used to prevent, diagnose, prognose, and/or treat diseases and disorders ofthe blood and/or blood forming organs associated with the tissue(s) in which the polypeptide ofthe invention is expressed, including one, two, three, four, five, or more tissues disclosed in Table 1 A, column 8 (Tissue Distribution Library Code).
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be used to modulate hematopoietic activity (the formation of blood cells).
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be used to increase the quantity of all or subsets of blood cells, such as, for example, erythrocytes, lymphocytes (B or T cells), myeloid cells (e.g., basophils, eosinophils, durophils, mast cells, macrophages) and platelets.
  • blood cells such as, for example, erythrocytes, lymphocytes (B or T cells), myeloid cells (e.g., basophils, eosinophils, durophils, mast cells, macrophages) and platelets.
  • myeloid cells e.g., basophils, eosinophils, durophils, mast cells, macrophages
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention maybe used to decrease the quantity of all or subsets of blood cells, such as, for example, erythrocytes, lymphocytes (B or T cells), myeloid cells (e.g., basophils, eosinophils, durophils, mast cells, macrophages) and platelets.
  • blood cells such as, for example, erythrocytes, lymphocytes (B or T cells), myeloid cells (e.g., basophils, eosinophils, durophils, mast cells, macrophages) and platelets.
  • the ability to decrease the quantity of blood cells or subsets of blood cells may be useful in the prevention, detection, diagnosis and/or treatment of leukocytoses, such as, for example eosinophilia.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists of the present invention may be used to prevent, treat, or diagnose blood dyscrasia.
  • Anemias are conditions in which the number of red blood cells or amount of hemoglobin (the protein that carries oxygen) in them is below normal. Anemia may be caused by excessive bleeding, decreased red blood cell production, or increased red blood cell destruction (hemolysis).
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing anemias.
  • Anemias that may be treated prevented or diagnosed by the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention include iron deficiency anemia, hypochromic anemia, microcytic anemia, chlorosis, hereditary siderob;astic anemia, idiopathic acquired sideroblastic anemia, red cell aplasia, megaloblastic anemia (e.g., pernicious anemia, (vitamin B12 deficiency) and folic acid deficiency anemia), aplastic anemia, hemolytic anemias (e.g., autoimmune helolytic anemia, microangiopathic hemolytic anemia, and paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria).
  • iron deficiency anemia e.g., hypochromic anemia, microcytic anemia, chlorosis, hereditary siderob;astic anemia, idiopathic acquired sideroblastic anemia, red cell aplasia, mega
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing anemias associated with diseases including but not limited to, anemias associated with systemic lupus erythematosus, cancers, lymphomas, chronic renal disease, and enlarged spleens.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing anemias arising from drug freatments such as anemias associated with methyldopa, dapsone, and/or sulfadrags.
  • rhe polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing anemias associated with abnormal red blood cell architecture including but not limited to, hereditary spherocytosis, hereditary elliptocytosis, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency, and sickle cell anemia.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing hemoglobin abnormalities, (e.g., those associated with sickle cell anemia, hemoglobin C disease, hemoglobin S-C disease, and hemoglobin E disease). Additionally, the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating thalassemias, including, but not limited to major and minor forms of alpha- thalassemia and beta-thalassemia.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating bleeding disorders including, but not limited to, thrombocytopenia (e.g., idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura), Von Willebrand's disease, hereditary platelet disorders (e.g., storage pool disease such as Chediak-Higashi and Hermansky-Pudlak syndromes, thromboxane A2 dysfunction, thromboasthenia, and Bernard-Soulier syndrome), hemolytic-uremic syndrome, hemophelias such as hemophelia A or Factor VH deficiency and Christmas disease or Factor IX deficiency, Hereditary
  • thrombocytopenia e.g., idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, and thrombotic thrombocytopenic
  • Hemorhhagic Telangiectsia also known as Rendu-Osler- Weber syndrome, allergic purpura (Henoch Schonlein purpura) and disseminated intravascular coagulation.
  • the effect ofthe polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention on the clotting time of blood may be monitored using any ofthe clotting tests known in the art including, but not limited to, whole blood partial thromboplastin time (PTT), the activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT), the activated clotting time (ACT), the recalcified activated clotting time, or the Lee- White Clotting time.
  • PTT whole blood partial thromboplastin time
  • aPTT activated partial thromboplastin time
  • ACT activated clotting time
  • Lee- White Clotting time the Lee- White Clotting time.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating acquired platelet dysfunction such as platelet dysfunction accompanying kidney failure, leukemia, multiple myeloma, cirrhosis ofthe liver, and systemic lupus erythematosus as well as platelet dysfunction associated with drug treatments, including treatment with aspirin, ticlopidine, nonsteroidal anti- inflammatory drags (used for arthritis, pain, and sprains), and penicillin in high doses.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention maybe useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating diseases and disorders characterized by or associated with increased or decreased numbers of white blood cells.
  • Leukopenia occurs when the number of white blood cells decreases below normal. Leukopenias include, but are not limited to, neutropenia and lymphocytopenia. An increase in the number of white blood cells compared to normal is known as leukocytosis. The body generates increased numbers of white blood cells during infection. Thus, leukocytosis may simply be a normal physiological parameter that reflects infection. Alternatively, leukocytosis may be an indicator of injury or other disease such as cancer.
  • Leokocytoses include but are not limited to, eosinophilia, and accumulations of macrophages.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating leukopenia.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating leukocytosis.
  • Leukopenia maybe a generalized decreased in all types of white blood cells, or may be a specific depletion of particular types of white blood cells.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating decreases in neutrophil numbers, known as neutropenia.
  • Neutropenias that may be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treated by the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention include, but are not limited to, infantile genetic agranulocytosis, familial neutropenia, cyclic neutropenia, neutropenias resulting from or associated with dietary deficiencies (e.g., vitamin B 12 deficiency or folic acid deficiency), neutropenias resulting from or associated with drag freatments (e.g., antibiotic regimens such as penicillin treatment, sulfonamide freatment, anticoagulant freatment, anticonvulsant drags, anti-thyroid drags, and cancer chemotherapy), and neutropenias resulting from increased neutrophil destruction that may occur in association with some bacterial or viral infections, allergic disorders, autoimmune diseases, conditions in which an individual has an enlarged spleen (e.g., Felty syndrome, malaria and sarcoidosis),
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating lymphocytopenias (decreased numbers of B and/or T lymphocytes), including, but not limited lymphocytopenias resulting from or associated with sfress, drag treatments (e.g., drug freatment with corticosteroids, cancer chemotherapies, and/or radiation therapies), AIDS infection and/or other diseases such as, for example, cancer, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, chronic infections, some viral infections and/or hereditary disorders (e.g., DiGeorge syndrome, Wiskott- Aldrich Syndome, severe combined immunodeficiency, ataxia telangiectsia).
  • lymphocytopenias decreased numbers of B and/or T lymphocytes
  • drag treatments e.g., drug freatment
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating diseases and disorders associated with macrophage numbers and/or macrophage function including, but not limited to, Gaucher's disease, Niemann-Pick disease, Letterer-Siwe disease and Hand-Schuller-Christian disease.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating diseases and disorders associated with eosinophil numbers and/or eosinophil function including, but not limited to, idiopathic hypereosinophilic syndrome, eosinophilia-myalgia syndrome, and Hand- Schuller-Christian disease.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating leukemias and lymphomas including, but not limited to, acute lymphocytic (lymphpblastic) leukemia (ALL), acute myeloid (myelocytic, myelogenous, myeloblastic, or myelomonocytic) leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (e.g., B cell leukemias, T cell leukemias, Sezary syndrome, and Hairy cell leukenia), chronic myelocytic (myeloid, myelogenous, or granulocytic) leukemia, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-hodgkin's lymphoma, Burkitt's lymphoma, and mycosis fungoides.
  • ALL acute lymphocytic leukemia
  • acute myeloid my
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating diseases and disorders of plasma cells including, but not limited to, plasma cell dyscrasias, monoclonal gammaopathies, monoclonal gammopathies of undetermined significance, multiple myeloma, macroglobulinemia, Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, cryoglobulinemia, and Raynaud's phenomenon.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention maybe useful in treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing myeloprohferative disorders, including but not limited to, polycythemia vera, relative polycythemia, secondary polycythemia, myelofibrosis, acute myelofibrosis, agnogenic myelod metaplasia, thrombocythemia, (including both primary and seconday thrombocythemia) and chronic myelocytic leukemia.
  • myeloprohferative disorders including but not limited to, polycythemia vera, relative polycythemia, secondary polycythemia, myelofibrosis, acute myelofibrosis, agnogenic myelod metaplasia, thrombocythemia, (including both primary and seconday thrombocythemia) and chronic myelocytic leukemia.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful as a treatment prior to surgery, to increase blood cell production.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention maybe useful as an agent to enhance the migration, phagocytosis, superoxide production, antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity of monrophils, eosionophils and macrophages.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful as an agent to increase the number of stem cells in circulation prior to stem cells pheresis.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful as an agent to increase the number of stem cells in circulation prior to platelet pheresis.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention maybe useful as an agent to increase cytokine production.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be useful in preventing, diagnosing, and/or treating primary hematopoietic disorders.
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention can be used to freat or detect hyperproliferative disorders, including neoplasms.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may inhibit the proliferation ofthe disorder through direct or indirect interactions.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may proliferate other cells which can inhibit the hype ⁇ roliferative disorder.
  • hype ⁇ roliferative disorders can be treated.
  • This immune response may be increased by either enhancing an existing immune response, or by initiating a new immune response.
  • decreasing an immune response may also be a method of treating hype ⁇ roliferative disorders, such as a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • Examples of hype ⁇ roliferative disorders that can be treated or detected by polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention include, but are not limited to neoplasms located in the: colon, abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, liver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), eye, head and neck, nervous (cenfral and peripheral), lymphatic system, pelvis, skin, soft tissue, spleen, thorax, and urogenital tract.
  • neoplasms located in the: colon, abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, liver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), eye, head and neck, nervous (cenfral and peripheral), lymphatic system, pelvis, skin
  • hype ⁇ roliferative disorders can also be treated or detected by polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention.
  • hype ⁇ roliferative disorders include, but are not limited to: Acute Childhood Lymphoblastic Leukemia, Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia, Acute
  • Lymphocytic Leukemia Acute Myeloid Leukemia, Adrenocortical Carcinoma, Adult (Primary) Hepatocellular Cancer, Adult (Primary) Liver Cancer, Adult Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia, Adult Acute Myeloid Leukemia, Adult Hodgkin's Disease, Adult Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Adult Lymphocytic Leukemia, Adult Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Adult Primary Liver Cancer, Adult Soft Tissue Sarcoma, ADDS-Related Lymphoma, AIDS-Related Malignancies, Anal Cancer, Astrocytoma, Bile Duct Cancer, Bladder Cancer, Bone Cancer, Brain Stem Glionia, Brain Tumors, Breast Cancer, Cancer ofthe Renal Pelvis and Ureter, Cenfral Nervous System (Primary) Lymphoma, Central Nervous System Lymphoma, Cerebellar Astrocytoma, Cerebral Astrocytoma, Cervical Cancer,
  • Pheochromocytoma Pituitary Tumor, Plasma Cell Neoplasm/Multiple Myeloma, Primary Central Nervous System Lymphoma, Primary Liver Cancer, Prostate Cancer, Rectal Cancer, Renal Cell Cancer, Renal Pelvis and Ureter Cancer, Retinoblastoma, Rhabdomyosarcoma, Salivary Gland Cancer, Sarcoidosis Sarcomas, Sezary Syndrome, Skin Cancer, Small Cell Lung Cancer, Small hitestine Cancer, Soft Tissue Sarcoma, Squamous Neck Cancer, Stomach Cancer, Supratentorial Primitive Neuroectodermal and Pineal Tumors, T-Cell Lymphoma, Testicular Cancer, Thymoma, Thyroid Cancer, Transitional Cell Cancer ofthe Renal Pelvis and Ureter, Transitional Renal Pelvis and Ureter Cancer, Trophoblastic Tumors, Ureter and Renal Pelvis Cell Cancer, Urethral Cancer, Uterine Cancer, Uterine Sarcoma, Vaginal
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention are used to diagnose, prognose, prevent, and/or freat premalignant conditions and to prevent progression to a neoplastic or malignant state, including but not limited to those disorders described above.
  • Hype ⁇ lasia is a form of controlled cell proliferation, involving an increase in cell number in a tissue or organ, without significant alteration in structure or function.
  • Hype ⁇ lastic disorders which can be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treated with compositions ofthe invention (including polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists or antagonists) include, but are not limited to, angiofolhcular mediastinal lymph node hype ⁇ lasia, angiolymphoid hype ⁇ lasia with eosinophilia, atypical melanocytic hype ⁇ lasia, basal cell hype ⁇ lasia, benign giant lymph node hype ⁇ lasia, cementum hype ⁇ lasia, congenital adrenal hype ⁇ lasia, congenital sebaceous hype ⁇ lasia, cystic hype ⁇ lasia, cystic hype ⁇ lasia ofthe breast, denture hype ⁇ lasia, ductal hype ⁇ lasia, endometrial hype ⁇ lasia, fibromuscular hype ⁇ lasia, focal epithelial hype ⁇ lasia, gingival hype ⁇ lasia, inflammatory fibrous hype ⁇ lasia, inflammatory papillary hype ⁇ lasia, intravascular papillary endothehal hype
  • Metaplasia is a form of controlled cell growth in which one type of adult or fully differentiated cell substitutes for another type of adult cell.
  • Metaplastic disorders which can be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treated with compositions of the invention (including polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists or antagonists) include, but are not limited to, agnogenic myeloid metaplasia, apocrine metaplasia, atypical metaplasia, autoparenchymatous metaplasia, connective tissue metaplasia, epithelial metaplasia, intestinal metaplasia, metaplastic anemia, metaplastic ossification, metaplastic polyps, myeloid metaplasia, primary myeloid metaplasia, secondary myeloid metaplasia, squamous metaplasia, squamous metaplasia of amnion, and symptomatic myeloid metaplasia.
  • Dysplasia is frequently a forerunner of cancer, and is found mainly in the epithelia; it is the most disorderly form of non-neoplastic cell growth, involving a loss in individual cell uniformity and in the architectural orientation of cells.
  • Dysplastic cells often have abnormally large, deeply stained nuclei, and exhibit pleomo ⁇ hism. Dysplasia characteristically occurs where there exists chronic irritation or inflammation.
  • Dysplastic disorders which can be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treated with compositions ofthe invention (including polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists or antagonists) include, but are not limited to, anhidrotic ectodermal dysplasia, anterofacial dysplasia, asphyxiating thoracic dysplasia, atriodigital dysplasia, bronchopulmonary dysplasia, cerebral dysplasia, cervical dysplasia, chondroectodermal dysplasia, cleidocranial dysplasia, congenital ectodermal dysplasia, craniodiaphysial dysplasia, cranioca ⁇ otarsal dysplasia, craniometaphysial dysplasia, dentin dysplasia, diaphysial dysplasia, ectodermal dysplasia, enamel dysplasia, encephalo-ophthalmic dysplasia, dysplasi
  • compositions ofthe invention include, but are not limited to, benign dysproliferative disorders (e.g., benign tumors, fibrocystic conditions, tissue hypertrophy, intestinal polyps, colon polyps, and esophageal dysplasia), leukoplakia, keratoses, Bowen's disease, Farmer's Skin, solar cheilitis, and solar keratosis.
  • benign dysproliferative disorders e.g., benign tumors, fibrocystic conditions, tissue hypertrophy, intestinal polyps, colon polyps, and esophageal dysplasia
  • leukoplakia keratoses
  • Bowen's disease keratoses
  • Farmer's Skin Farmer's Skin
  • solar cheilitis solar keratosis
  • a polypeptide ofthe invention may be used to diagnose and/or prognose disorders associated with the tissue(s) in which the polypeptide ofthe invention is expressed, including one, two, three, four, five, or more tissues disclosed in Table 1 A, column 8 (Tissue Distribution Library Code).
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention conjugated to a toxin or a radioactive isotope may be used to freat cancers and neoplasms, including, but not limited to those described herein, hi a further preferred embodiment, polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention conjugated to a toxin or a radioactive isotope, as described herein, may be used to freat acute myelogenous leukemia.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, and/or agonists or antagonists of the invention may affect apoptosis, and therefore, would be useful in treating a number of diseases associated with increased cell survival or the inhibition of apoptosis.
  • diseases associated with increased cell survival or the inhibition of apoptosis include cancers (such as follicular lymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, and hormone-dependent tumors, including, but not limited to colon cancer, cardiac tumors, pancreatic cancer, melanoma, retinoblastoma, glioblastoma, lung cancer, intestinal cancer, testicular cancer, stomach cancer, neuroblastoma, myxoma, myoma, lymphoma, endothelioma, osteoblastoma, osteoclastoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, adenoma, breast cancer, prostate cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma and ovarian cancer); autoimmune disorders such as, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroidit
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to inhibit growth, progression, and/or metastasis of cancers, in particular those listed above.
  • Additional diseases or conditions associated with increased cell survival that could be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treated by polynucleotides, polypeptides, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention, include, but are not limited to, progression, and/or metastases of malignancies and related disorders such as leukemia (including acute leukemias (e.g., acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia (including myeloblastic, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic, and erythroleukemia)) and chronic leukemias (e.g., chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia and chronic lymphocytic leukemia)), polycythemia vera, lymphomas (e.g., Hodgkin's disease and non-Hodgkin's disease), multiple myeloma, Waldensfrom's macroglobulinemia, heavy chain disease, and solid tumors including
  • Diseases associated with increased apoptosis that could be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treated by polynucleotides, polypeptides, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention, include AIDS; neurodegenerative disorders (such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, retinitis pigmentosa, cerebellar degeneration and brain tumor or prior associated disease); autoimmune disorders (such as, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biliary cirrhosis, Behcet's disease, Crohn's disease, polymyositis, systemic lupus erythematosus and immune-related glomeralonephritis and rheumatoid arthritis) myelodysplastic syndromes (such as aplastic anemia), graft v.
  • neurodegenerative disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis,
  • ischemic injury such as that caused by myocardial infarction, stroke and reperfusion injury
  • liver injury e.g., hepatitis related liver injury, ischemia/reperfusion injury, cholestosis (bile duct injury) and liver cancer
  • toxin- induced liver disease such as that caused by alcohol
  • septic shock cachexia and anorexia.
  • Hype ⁇ roliferative diseases and/or disorders that could be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treated by polynucleotides, polypeptides, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention, include, but are not limited to, neoplasms located in the liver, abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), eye, head and neck, nervous system (cenfral and peripheral), lymphatic system, pelvis, skin, soft tissue, spleen, thorax, and urogenital tract.
  • neoplasms located in the liver, abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), eye, head and neck, nervous system (cenfral
  • hype ⁇ roliferative disorders can also be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treated by polynucleotides, polypeptides, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention.
  • hype ⁇ rohferative disorders include, but are not limited to: hypergammaglobulinemia, lymphoproliferative disorders, paraproteinemias, pu ⁇ ura, sarcoidosis, Sezary Syndrome, Waldenstron's macroglobulinemia, Gaucher's Disease, histiocytosis, and any other hype ⁇ roliferative disease, besides neoplasia, located in an organ system listed above.
  • Another preferred embodiment utilizes polynucleotides of the present invention to inhibit aberrant cellular division, by gene therapy using the present invention, and/or protein fusions or fragments thereof.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating cell proliferative disorders by inserting into an abnormally proliferating cell a polynucleotide ofthe present invention, wherein said polynucleotide represses said expression.
  • polynucleotides ofthe present invention is a DNA construct comprising a recombinant expression vector effective in expressing a DNA sequence encoding said polynucleotides.
  • the DNA construct encoding the poynucleotides ofthe present invention is inserted into cells to be treated utilizing a retrovirus, or more preferably an adenoviral vector (See G J. Nabel, et.
  • the viral vector is defective and will not transform non-proliferating cells, only proliferating cells.
  • the polynucleotides ofthe present invention inserted into proliferating cells either alone, or in combination with or fused to other polynucleotides can then be modulated via an external stimulus (i.e. magnetic, specific small molecule, chemical, or drag adminisfration, etc.), which acts upon the promoter upstream of said polynucleotides to induce expression ofthe encoded protein product.
  • an external stimulus i.e. magnetic, specific small molecule, chemical, or drag adminisfration, etc.
  • the beneficial therapeutic affect ofthe present invention maybe expressly modulated (i.e. to increase, decrease, or inhibit expression ofthe present invention) based upon said external stimulus.
  • Polynucleotides ofthe present invention may be useful in repressing expression of oncogenic genes or antigens.
  • repressing expression ofthe oncogenic genes is intended the suppression ofthe transcription ofthe gene, the degradation ofthe gene transcript (pre-message RNA), the inhibition of splicing, the destruction of the messenger RNA, the prevention of the post-translational modifications ofthe protein, the destruction ofthe protein, or the inhibition ofthe normal fiinction of the protein.
  • polynucleotides of the present invention may be administered by any method known to those of skill in the art including, but not limited to transfection, electroporation, microinjection of cells, or in vehicles such as liposomes, lipofectin, or as naked polynucleotides, or any other method described throughout the specification.
  • the polynucleotide ofthe present invention may be delivered by known gene delivery systems such as, but not limited to, refroviral vectors (Gilboa, J. Virology 44:845 (1982); Hocke, Nature 320:275 (1986); Wilson, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
  • the polynucleotides ofthe present invention may be delivered directly to cell proliferative disorder/disease sites in internal organs, body cavities and the like by use of imaging devices used to guide an injecting needle directly to the disease site.
  • the polynucleotides ofthe present invention may also be administered to disease sites at the time of surgical intervention.
  • cell proliferative disease any human or animal disease or disorder, affecting any one or any combination of organs, cavities, or body parts, which is characterized by single or multiple local abnormal proliferations of cells, groups of cells, or tissues, whether benign or malignant.
  • any amount ofthe polynucleotides ofthe present invention maybe administered as long as it has a biologically inhibiting effect on the proliferation of the treated cells. Moreover, it is possible to administer more than one ofthe polynucleotide of the, present invention simultaneously to the same site.
  • biologically inhibiting is meant partial or total growth inhibition as well as decreases in the rate of proliferation or growth ofthe cells.
  • the biologically inhibitory dose may be determined by assessing the effects ofthe polynucleotides of the present invention on target malignant or abnormally proliferating cell growth in tissue culture, tumor growth in animals and cell cultures, or any other method known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the present invention is further directed to antibody-based therapies which involve administering of anti-polypeptides and anti-polynucleotide antibodies to a mammalian, preferably human, patient for treating one or more ofthe described disorders.
  • Methods for producing anti-polypeptides and anti-polynucleotide antibodies polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies are described in detail elsewhere herein. Such antibodies may be provided in phannaceutically acceptable compositions as known in the art or as described herein.
  • a summary ofthe ways in which the antibodies ofthe present invention may be used therapeutically includes binding polynucleotides or polypeptides ofthe present invention locally or systemically in the body or by direct cytotoxicity ofthe antibody, e.g. as mediated by complement (CDC) or by effector cells (ADCC). Some of these approaches are described in more detail below.
  • CDC complement
  • ADCC effector cells
  • Such treatment comprises administering a single or multiple doses ofthe antibody, or a fragment, derivative, or a conjugate thereof.
  • the antibodies of this invention may be advantageously utilized in combination with other monoclonal or chimeric antibodies, or with lymphokines or hematopoietic growth factors, for example., which serve to increase the number or activity of effector cells which interact with the antibodies.
  • Preferred binding affinities include those with a dissociation constant or Kd less than 5X10 "6 M, 10 "6 M, 5X10 “7 M, 10 “7 M, 5X10 “8 M, 10 “8 M, 5X10 “9 M, 10 "9 M, 5X10 "10 M, 10 “10 M, 5X10 " ⁇ M, 10 " ⁇ M, 5X10 "12 M, 10 “12 M, 5X10 "13 M, 10 "13 M, 5X10 " 14 M, 10 "14 M, 5X10 "15 M, and 10 "15 M.
  • polypeptides ofthe present invention are useful in inhibiting the angiogenesis of proliferative cells or tissues, either alone, as a protein fusion, or in combination with other polypeptides directly or indirectly, as described elsewhere herein.
  • said anti-angiogenesis effect may be achieved indirectly, for example, through the inhibition of hematopoietic, tumor- specific cells, such as tumor-associated macrophages (See Joseph J-B, et al. J Natl Cancer Inst, 90(21):1648-53 (1998), which is hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference).
  • Antibodies directed to polypeptides or polynucleotides ofthe present invention may also result in inhibition of angiogenesis directly, or indirectly (See Witte L, et al., Cancer Metastasis Rev. 17(2):155-61 (1998), which is hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference)).
  • Polypeptides including protein fusions, ofthe present invention, or fragments thereof may be useful in inhibiting proliferative cells or tissues through the induction of apoptosis.
  • Said polypeptides may act either directly, or indirectly to induce apoptosis of proliferative cells and tissues, for example in the activation of a death- domain receptor, such as tumor necrosis factor (TNF) receptor-1, CD95 (Fas/APO-1), TNF-receptor-related apoptosis-mediated protein (TRAMP) and TNF-related apoptosis-inducing ligand (TRAIL) receptor-1 and -2 (See Schulze-Osthoff K, etal., Eur J Biochem 254(3):439-59 (1998), which is hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference).
  • TNF tumor necrosis factor
  • TRAMP TNF-receptor-related apoptosis-mediated protein
  • TRAIL TNF-related apoptosis-
  • said polypeptides may induce apoptosis through other mechanisms, such as in the activation of other proteins which will activate apoptosis, or through stimulating the expression of said proteins, either alone or in combination with small molecule drugs or adjuviants, such as apoptonin, galectins, thioredoxins, anti-inflammatory proteins (See for example, Mutat Res 400(l-2):447-55 (1998), Med Hypotheses.50(5):423-33 (1998), Chem Biol Interact.
  • Polypeptides, including protein fusions to, or fragments thereof, ofthe present invention are useful in inhibiting the metastasis of proliferative cells or tissues.
  • Inhibition may occur as a direct result of administering polypeptides, or antibodies directed to said polypeptides as described elsewere herein, or indirectly, such as activating the expression of proteins known to inhibit metastasis, for example alpha 4 integrins, (See, e.g., Curr Top Microbiol hnmunol 1998;231:125-41, which is hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference).
  • Such thereapeutic affects ofthe present invention may be achieved either alone, or in combination with small molecule drugs or adjuvants.
  • the invention provides a method of delivering compositions containing the polypeptides ofthe invention (e.g., compositions containing polypeptides or polypeptide antibodes associated with heterologous polypeptides, heterologous nucleic acids, toxins, or prodrugs) to targeted cells expressing the polypeptide ofthe present invention.
  • compositions containing the polypeptides ofthe invention e.g., compositions containing polypeptides or polypeptide antibodes associated with heterologous polypeptides, heterologous nucleic acids, toxins, or prodrugs
  • Polypeptides or polypeptide antibodes ofthe invention may be associated with with heterologous polypeptides, heterologous nucleic acids, toxins, or prodrugs via hydrophobic, hydrophilic, ionic and/or covalent interactions.
  • Polypeptides, protein fusions to, or fragments thereof, ofthe present invention are useful in enhancing the immunogenicity and/or antigenicity of proliferating cells or tissues, either directly, such as would occur if the polypeptides ofthe present invention 'vaccinated' the immune response to respond to proliferative antigens and immunogens, or indirectly, such as in activating the expression of proteins known to enhance the immune response (e.g. chemokines), to said antigens and immunogens.
  • proteins known to enhance the immune response e.g. chemokines
  • Polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be used to freat, prevent, diagnose, and/or prognose disorders ofthe renal system.
  • Renal disorders which can be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treated with compositions ofthe invention include, but are not limited to, kidney failure, nephritis, blood vessel disorders of kidney, metabolic and congenital kidney disorders, urinary disorders ofthe kidney, autoimmune disorders, sclerosis and necrosis, electrolyte imbalance, and kidney cancers.
  • Kidney diseases which can be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treated with compositions ofthe invention include, but are not limited to, acute kidney failure, chronic kidney failure, atheroembolic renal failure, end-stage renal disease, inflammatory diseases ofthe kidney (e.g., acute glomerulonephritis, postinfectious glomeralonephritis, rapidly progressive glomeralonephritis, nephrotic syndrome, membranous glomeralonephritis, familial nephrotic syndrome, membranoproliferative glomeralonephritis I and ⁇ , mesangial proliferative glomeralonephritis, chronic glomeralonephritis, acute tubulointerstitial nephritis, chronic tubulointerstitial nephritis, acute post-streptococcal glomeralonephritis (PSGN), pyelonephritis, lupus nephritis,
  • Alport's syndrome nail-patella syndrome, congenital nephrotic syndrome, CRUSH syndrome, horseshoe kidney, diabetic nephropathy, nephrogenic diabetes insipidus, analgesic nephropathy, kidney stones, and membranous nephropathy), and autoimmune disorders ofthe lddney (e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), Goodpasture syndrome, IgA nephropathy, and IgM mesangial proliferative glomerulonephritis) .
  • SLE systemic lupus erythematosus
  • Goodpasture syndrome IgA nephropathy
  • compositions ofthe invention can also be used to diagnose, prognose, prevent, and/or treat sclerotic or necrotic disorders ofthe kidney (e.g., glomeralosclerosis, diabetic nephropathy, focal segmental glomerulosclerosis (FSGS), necrotizing glomeralonephritis, and renal papillary necrosis), cancers ofthe kidney (e.g., nephroma, hypernephroma, nephroblastoma, renal cell cancer, transitional cell cancer, renal adenocarcinoma, squamous cell cancer, and Wilm's tumor), and electrolyte imbalances (e.g., nephrocalcinosis, pyuria, edema, hydronephritis, proteinuria, hyponatremia, hypernafremia, hypokalemia, hyperkalemia, hypocalcemia, hypercalcemia, hypophosphatemia, and hype ⁇ hosphatemia).
  • Polypeptides may be administered using any method known in the art, including, but not limited to, direct needle injection at the delivery site, intravenous injection, topical administration, catheter infusion, biolistic injectors, particle accelerators, gelfoam sponge depots, other commercially available depot materials, osmotic pumps, oral or suppositorial solid pharmaceutical fonnulations, decanting or topical applications during surgery, aerosol delivery. Such methods are known in the art. Polypeptides may be administered as part of a Therapeutic, described in more detail below. Methods of delivering polynucleotides are described in more detail herein.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be used to treat, prevent, diagnose, and/or prognose cardiovascular disorders, including, but not limited to, peripheral artery disease, such as limb ischemia.
  • Cardiovascular disorders include, but are not limited to, cardiovascular abnormalities, such as arterio-arterial fistula, arteriovenous fistula, cerebral arteriovenous malformations, congenital heart defects, pulmonary afresia, and Scimitar Syndrome.
  • Congenital heart defects include, but are not limited to, aortic coarctation, cor triatriatum, coronary vessel anomalies, crisscross heart, dextrocardia.
  • patent ductus arteriosus Ebstein's anomaly, Eisenmenger complex, hypoplastic left heart syndrome, levocardia, tetralogy of fallot, transposition of great vessels, double outlet right ventricle, tricuspid afresia, persistent trancus arteriosus, and heart septal defects, such as aortopulmonary septal defect, endocardial cushion defects, Lutembacher's Syndrome, trilogy of Fallot, ventricular heart septal defects.
  • Cardiovascular disorders also include, but are not limited to, heart disease, such as arrhytlimias, carcinoid heart disease, high cardiac output, low cardiac output, cardiac tamponade, endocarditis (including bacterial), heart aneurysm, cardiac arrest, congestive heart failure, congestive cardiomyopathy, paroxysmal dyspnea, cardiac edema, heart hypertrophy, congestive cardiomyopathy, left ventricular hypertrophy, right ventricular hyperfrophy, post-infarction heart rupture, ventricular septal rapture, heart valve diseases, myocardial diseases, myocardial ischemia, pericardial effusion, pericarditis (including constrictive and tuberculous), pneumopericardium, postpericardiotomy syndrome, pulmonary heart disease, rheumatic heart disease, ventricular dysfunction, hyperemia, cardiovascular pregnancy complications, Scimitai" Syndrome, cardiovascular syphilis, and cardiovascular tuberculosis.
  • heart disease such as arrhy
  • Arrhythmias include, but are not limited to, sinus arrhythmia, atrial fibrillation, atrial flutter, bradycardia, exfrasystole, Adams-Stokes Syndrome, bundle- branch block, sinoatrial block, long QT syndrome, parasystole, Lown-Ganong-Levine Syndrome, Mahaim-type pre-excitation syndrome, Wolff-Parkinson- White syndrome, sick sinus syndrome, tachycardias, and ventricular fibrillation.
  • Tachycardias include paroxysmal tachycardia, supraventricular tachycardia, accelerated idioventricular rhythm, afrioventricular nodal reentry tachycardia, ectopic atrial tachycardia, ectopic junctional tachycardia, sinoatrial nodal reentry tachycardia, sinus tachycardia, Torsades de Pointes, and ventricular tachycardia.
  • Heart valve diseases include, but are not limited to, aortic valve insufficiency, aortic valve stenosis, hear murmurs, aortic valve prolapse, mitral valve prolapse, tricuspid valve prolapse, mifral valve insufficiency, mitral valve stenosis, pulmonary afresia, pulmonary valve insufficiency, pulmonary valve stenosis, tricuspid afresia, tricuspid valve insufficiency, and tricuspid valve stenosis.
  • Myocardial diseases include, but are not limited to, alcoholic cardiomyopathy, congestive cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, aortic subvalvular stenosis, pulmonary subvalvular stenosis, restrictive cardiomyopathy, Chagas cardiomyopathy, endocardial fibroelastosis, endomyocardial fibrosis, Kearns Syndrome, myocardial reperfusion injury, and myocarditis.
  • Myocardial ischemias include, but are not limited to, coronary disease, such as angina pectoris, coronary aneurysm, coronary arteriosclerosis, coronary thrombosis, coronary vasospasm, myocardial infarction and myocardial stunning.
  • coronary disease such as angina pectoris, coronary aneurysm, coronary arteriosclerosis, coronary thrombosis, coronary vasospasm, myocardial infarction and myocardial stunning.
  • Cardiovascular diseases also include vascular diseases such as aneurysms, angiodysplasia, angiomatosis, bacillary angiomatosis, Hippel-Lindau Disease, Klippel-Trenaunay- Weber Syndrome, Sturge- Weber Syndrome, angioneurotic edema, aortic diseases, Takayasu's Arteritis, aortitis, Leriche's Syndrome, arterial occlusive diseases, arteritis, enarteritis, polyarteritis nodosa, cerebrovascular disorders, diabetic angiopathies, diabetic retinopathy, embolisms, thrombosis, erythromelalgia, hemorrhoids, hepatic veno-occlusive disease, hypertension, hypotension, ischemia, peripheral vascular diseases, phlebitis, pulmonary veno-occlusive disease, Raynaud's disease, CREST syndrome, retinal
  • Aneurysms include, but are not limited to, dissecting aneurysms, false aneurysms, infected aneurysms, ruptured aneurysms, aortic aneurysms, cerebral aneurysms, coronary aneurysms, heart aneurysms, and iliac aneurysms.
  • Arterial occlusive diseases include, but are not limited to, arteriosclerosis, intermittent claudication, carotid stenosis, fibromuscular dysplasias, mesenteric vascular occlusion, Moyamoya disease, renal artery obstruction, retinal artery occlusion, and thromboangiitis obliterans.
  • Cerebrovascular disorders include, but are not limited to, carotid artery diseases, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, cerebral aneurysm, cerebral anoxia, cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebral arteriovenous malformation, cerebral artery diseases, cerebral embolism and thrombosis, carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, Wallenberg's syndrome, cerebral hemorrhage, epidural hematoma, subdural hematoma, subaraxhnoid hemonhage, cerebral infarction, cerebral ischemia (including transient), subclavian steal syndrome, periventricular leukomalacia, vascular headache, cluster headache, migraine, and vertebrobasilar insufficiency.
  • Embolisms include, but are not limited to, air embolisms, amniotic fluid embolisms, cholesterol embolisms, blue toe syndrome, fat embolisms, pulmonary embolisms, and thromoboembolisms.
  • Thrombosis include, but are not limited to, coronary thrombosis, hepatic vein thrombosis, retinal vein occlusion, carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, Wallenberg's syndrome, and thrombophlebitis.
  • Ischemic disorders include, but are not limited to, cerebral ischemia, ischemic colitis, compartment syndromes, anterior compartment syndrome, myocardial ischemia, reperfusion injuries, and peripheral limb ischemia.
  • Vasculitis includes, but is not limited to, aortitis, arteritis, Behcet's Syndrome, Churg-Strauss Syndrome, mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome, thromboangiitis obliterans, hypersensitivity vasculitis, Schoenlein-Henoch piupura, allergic cutaneous vasculitis, and Wegener's granulomatosis.
  • Polypeptides may be administered using any method known in the art, including, but not limited to, direct needle injection at the delivery site, intravenous injection, topical administration, catheter infusion, biolistic injectors, particle accelerators, gelfoam sponge depots, other commercially available depot materials, osmotic pumps, oral or suppositorial solid pharmaceutical fonnulations, decanting or topical applications during surgery, aerosol delivery. Such methods are known in the art. Polypeptides may be administered as part of a Therapeutic, described in more detail below. Methods of delivering polynucleotides are described in more detail herein.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagomsts ofthe present invention may be used to treat, prevent, diagnose, and/or prognose diseases and/or disorders ofthe respiratory system.
  • Diseases and disorders ofthe respiratory system include, but are not limited to, nasal vestibulitis, nonallergic rhinitis (e.g., acute rhinitis, chronic rhinitis, atrophic rhinitis, vasomotor rhinitis), nasal polyps, and sinusitis, juvenile angiofibromas, cancer ofthe nose and juvenile papillomas, vocal cord polyps, nodules (singer's nodules), contact ulcers, vocal cord paralysis, laryngoceles, pharyngitis (e.g., viral and bacterial), tonsillitis, tonsillar cellulitis, parapharyngeal abscess, laryngitis, laryngoceles, and throat cancers (e.g., cancer ofthe
  • Additional diseases and disorders ofthe respiratory system include, but are not limited to bronchiolitis, polio (poliomyelitis), croup, respiratory syncytial viral infection, mumps, erythema infectiosum (fifth disease), roseola infantum, progressive rubella panencephalitis, german measles, and subacute sclerosing panencephalitis), fungal pneumonia (e.g., Histoplasmosis, Coccidioidomycosis, Blastomycosis, fungal infections in people with severely suppressed immune systems (e.g., cryptococcosis, caused by Cryptococcus neoformans; aspergillosis, caused by Aspergillus spp.; candidiasis, caused by Candida; and mucormycosis)), Pneumocystis carinii (pneumocystis pneumonia), atypical pneumonias (e.g., Mycoplasma and Chlamydia
  • angiogenesis is stringently regulated and spatially and temporally delimited. Under conditions of pathological angiogenesis such as that characterizing solid tumor growth, these regulatory controls fail. Unregulated angiogenesis becomes pathologic and sustains progression of many neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases.
  • a number of serious diseases are dominated by abnormal neovascularization including solid tumor growth and metastases, arthritis, some types of eye disorders, and psoriasis. See, e.g., reviews by Moses et al, Biotech. 9:630-634 (1991); Folkman et al, N. Engl J. Med., 333:1151-1163 (1995); Auerbach et al, J. Microvasc. Res. 2 :401-411 (1985); Folkman, Advances in Cancer Research, eds. Klein and Weinhouse, Academic Press, New York, pp. 175-203 (1985); Patz, Am. J.
  • the present invention provides for freatment of diseases or disorders associated with neovascularization by administration ofthe polynucleotides and/or polypeptides ofthe invention, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention.
  • Malignant and metastatic conditions which can be treated with the polynucleotides and polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention include, but are not limited to, malignancies, solid tumors, and cancers described herein and otherwise known in the art (for a review of such disorders, see Fishman et al, Medicine, 2d Ed., J. B.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating an angiogenesis-related disease and/or disorder, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a polynucleotide, polypeptide, antagonist and/or agonist ofthe invention.
  • a polynucleotide, polypeptide, antagonists and/or agonist ofthe invention may be utilized in a variety of additional methods in order to therapeutically treat a cancer or tumor.
  • Cancers which may be treated with polynucleotides, polypeptides, antagonists and/or agonists include, but are not limited to solid tumors, including prostate, lung, breast, ovarian, stomach, pancreas, larynx, esophagus, testes, liver, parotid, biliary tract, colon, rectum, cervix, uterus, endometrium, kidney, bladder, thyroid cancer; primary tumors and metastases; melanomas; glioblastoma; Kaposi's sarcoma; leiomyosarcoma; non- small cell lung cancer; colorectal cancer; advanced malignancies; and blood born tumors such as leukemias.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antagonists and/or agonists may be delivered topically, in order to freat cancers such as skin cancer, head and neck tumors, breast tumors, and Kaposi's sarcoma.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antagonists and/or agonists may be utilized to freat superficial forms of bladder cancer by, for example, infravesical administration.
  • Polynucleotides, polypeptides, antagonists and/or agonists may be delivered directly into the tumor, or near the tumor site, via injection or a catheter.
  • the appropriate mode of adminisfration will vary according to the cancer to be treated. Other modes of delivery are discussed herein.
  • Polynucleotides, polypeptides, antagonists and/or agonists may be useful in treating other disorders, besides cancers, which involve angiogenesis.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to: benign tumors, for example hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas; artheroscleric plaques; ocular angiogenic diseases, for example, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, retinoblastoma, uvietis and Pterygia (abnormal blood vessel growth) ofthe eye; rheumatoid arthritis; psoriasis; delayed wound healing; endometriosis; vasculogenesis; granulations; hypertrophic scars (keloids); nonunion fractures;
  • methods for treating hypertrophic scars and keloids comprising the step of administering a polynucleotide, polypeptide, antagonist and/or agonist ofthe invention to a hypertrophic scar or keloid.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antagonists and/or agonists ofthe invention are directly injected into a hypertrophic scar or keloid, in order to prevent the progression of these lesions.
  • This therapy is of particular value in the prophylactic freatment of conditions which are known to result in the development of hypertrophic scars and keloids (e.g., burns), and is preferably initiated after the proliferative phase has had time to progress (approximately 14 days after the initial injury), but before hypertrophic scar or keloid development.
  • the present invention also provides methods for treating neovascular diseases ofthe eye, including for example, corneal neovascularization, neovascular glaucoma, proliferative diabetic retinopathy, retrolental fibroplasia and macular degeneration.
  • neovascular diseases ofthe eye including for example, corneal neovascularization, neovascular glaucoma, proliferative diabetic retinopathy, retrolental fibroplasia and macular degeneration.
  • Ocular disorders associated with neovascularization which can be treated with the polynucleotides and polypeptides ofthe present invention (including agonists and/or antagonists) include, but are not limited to: neovascular glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, retinoblastoma, retrolental fibroplasia, uveitis, retinopathy of prematurity macular degeneration, corneal graft neovascularization, as well as other eye inflammatory diseases, ocular tumors and diseases associated with choroidal or iris neovascularization. See, e.g., reviews by Waltman et al, Am. J. Ophthal 85:104- 710 (1978) and Gartner et al, Surv. Ophthal. 22:291-312 (1978).
  • neovascular diseases ofthe eye such as corneal neovascularization (including corneal graft neovascularization)
  • corneal neovascularization including corneal graft neovascularization
  • a compound as described above
  • the cornea is a tissue which normally lacks blood vessels.
  • capillaries may extend into the cornea from the pericorneal vascular plexus ofthe limbus.
  • the cornea becomes vascularized, it also becomes clouded, resulting in a decline in the patient's visual acuity. Visual loss may become complete if the cornea completely opacitates.
  • corneal neovascularization e.g., corneal infections (e.g., trachoma, he ⁇ es simplex keratitis, leishmaniasis and onchocerciasis), immunological processes (e.g., graft rejection and Stevens- Johnson's syndrome), alkali bums, trauma, inflammation (of any cause), toxic and nutritional deficiency states, and as a complication of wearing contact lenses.
  • corneal infections e.g., trachoma, he ⁇ es simplex keratitis, leishmaniasis and onchocerciasis
  • immunological processes e.g., graft rejection and Stevens- Johnson's syndrome
  • alkali bums e.g., trauma, inflammation (of any cause), toxic and nutritional deficiency states, and as a complication of wearing contact lenses.
  • the invention may be prepared for topical administration in saline (combined with any ofthe preservatives and antimicrobial agents commonly used in ocular preparations), and administered in eyedrop form.
  • the solution or suspension may be prepared in its pure fonn and administered several times daily.
  • anti-angiogenic compositions prepared as described above, may also be administered directly to the cornea.
  • the anti-angiogenic composition is prepared with a muco- adhesive polymer which binds to cornea.
  • the anti- angiogenic factors or anti-angiogenic compositions may be utilized as an adjunct to conventional steroid therapy.
  • Topical therapy may also be useful prophylactically in corneal lesions which are known to have a high probability of inducing an angiogenic response (such as chemical burns). In these instances the freatment, likely in combination with steroids, may be instituted immediately to help prevent subsequent complications.
  • the compoimds described above maybe injected directly into the corneal stroma by an ophthalmologist under microscopic guidance.
  • the preferred site of injection may vary with the mo ⁇ hology ofthe individual lesion, but the goal ofthe administration would be to place the composition at the advancing front ofthe vasculature (i.e., interspersed between the blood vessels and the normal cornea), h most cases this would involve perilimbic corneal injection to "protect" the cornea from the advancing blood vessels.
  • This method may also be utilized shortly after a corneal insult in order to prophylactically prevent corneal neovascularization. hi this situation the material could be injected in the perilimbic cornea interspersed between the corneal lesion and its undesired potential limbic blood supply.
  • neovascular glaucoma Such methods may also be utilized in a similar fashion to prevent capillary invasion of transplanted corneas. In a sustained-release form injections might only be required 2- 3 times per year. A steroid could also be added to the injection solution to reduce inflammation resulting from the injection itself.
  • methods for treating neovascular glaucoma comprising the step of administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of a polynucleotide, polypeptide, antagonist and/or agonist to the eye, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited.
  • the compound may be administered topically to the eye in order to freat early forms of neovascular glaucoma.
  • the compound may be implanted by injection into the region ofthe anterior chamber angle.
  • the compound may also be placed in any location such that the compound is continuously released into the aqueous humor.
  • methods are provided for treating proliferative diabetic retinopathy, comprising the step of administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of a polynucleotide, polypeptide, antagonist and/or agonist to the eyes, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited.
  • proliferative diabetic retinopathy may be treated by injection into the aqueous humor or the vitreous, in order to increase the local concentration ofthe polynucleotide, polypeptide, antagonist and/or agonist in the retina.
  • this treatment should be initiated prior to the acquisition of severe disease requiring photocoagulation.
  • methods are provided for treating retrolental fibroplasia, comprising the step of administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of a polynucleotide, polypeptide, antagonist and/or agonist to the eye, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited.
  • the compound may be administered topically, via mfravitreous injection and/or via intraocular implants.
  • disorders which can be treated with the polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists and/or agonists include, but are not limited to, hemangioma, arthritis, psoriasis, angiofibroma, atherosclerotic plaques, delayed wound healing, granulations, hemophilic joints, hypertrophic scars, nonunion fractures, Osier- Weber syndrome, pyogenic granuloma, scleroderma, trachoma, and vascular adhesions.
  • disorders and/or states which can be treated, prevented, diagnosed, and/or prognosed with the the polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists and/or agonists ofthe invention include, but are not limited to, solid tumors, blood born tumors such as leukemias, tumor metastasis, Kaposi's sarcoma, benign tumors, for example hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, ocular angiogenic diseases, for example, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rabeosis, retinoblastoma, and uvietis, delayed wound healing, endometriosis, vascluogenesis, granulations,
  • an amount ofthe compound sufficient to block embryo implantation is administered before or after intercourse and fertilization have occurred, thus providing an effective method of birth control, possibly a "morning after" method.
  • Polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists and/or agonists may also be used in controlling menstraation or administered as either a peritoneal lavage fluid or for peritoneal implantation in the freatment of endometriosis.
  • Polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists and/or agonists ofthe present invention may be inco ⁇ orated into surgical sutures in order to prevent stitch granulomas.
  • compositions in the form of, for example, a spray or film
  • a compositions may be utilized to coat or spray an area prior to removal of a tumor, in order to isolate normal sunounding tissues from malignant tissue, and/or to prevent the spread of disease to surrounding tissues.
  • compositions e.g., in the form of a spray
  • surgical meshes which have been coated with anti- angiogenic compositions ofthe present invention maybe utilized in any procedure wherein a surgical mesh might be utilized.
  • a surgical mesh laden with an anti-angiogenic composition may be utilized during abdominal cancer resection surgery (e.g., subsequent to colon resection) in order to provide support to the structure, and to release an amount ofthe anti- angiogenic factor.
  • methods for treating rumor excision sites, comprising administering a polynucleotide, polypeptide, agonist and/or agonist to the resection margins of a tumor subsequent to excision, such that the local recurrence of cancer and the formation of new blood vessels at the site is inhibited.
  • the anti-angiogenic compound is administered directly to the tumor excision site (e.g., applied by swabbing, brushing or otherwise coating the resection margins ofthe tumor with the anti-angiogenic compound).
  • the anti-angiogenic compounds maybe inco ⁇ orated into known surgical pastes prior to adminisfration.
  • the anti-angiogenic compounds are applied after hepatic resections for malignancy, and after neurosurgical operations.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists and/or agonists may be administered to the resection margin of a wide variety of tumors, including for example, breast, colon, brain and hepatic tumors.
  • anti-angiogenic compounds may be administered to the site of a neurological tumor subsequent to excision, such that the formation of new blood vessels at the site are inhibited.
  • polypeptides, polypeptides, agonists and/or agonists ofthe present invention may also be administered along with other anti-angiogenic factors.
  • anti-angiogenic factors include: Anti-Invasive
  • Lighter "d group” transition metals include, for example, vanadium, molybdenum, tungsten, titanium, niobium, and tantalum species. Such transition metal species may form transition metal complexes. Suitable complexes ofthe above-mentioned transition metal species include oxo transition metal complexes.
  • vanadium complexes include oxo vanadium complexes such as vanadate and vanadyl complexes.
  • Suitable vanadate complexes include metavanadate and orthovanadate complexes such as, for example, ammonium metavanadate, sodium metavanadate, and sodium orthovanadate.
  • Suitable vanadyl complexes include, for example, vanadyl acetylacetonate and vanadyl sulfate including vanadyl sulfate hydrates such as vanadyl sulfate mono- and trihydrates.
  • tungsten and molybdenum complexes also include oxo complexes.
  • Suitable oxo tungsten complexes include tungstate and tungsten oxide complexes.
  • Suitable tungstate complexes include ammonium tungstate, calcium tungstate, sodium tungstate dihydrate, and tungstic acid.
  • Suitable tungsten oxides include tungsten (TV) oxide and tungsten (VI) oxide.
  • Suitable oxo molybdenum complexes include molybdate, molybdenum oxide, and molybdenyl complexes.
  • Suitable molybdate complexes include ammonium molybdate and its hydrates, sodium molybdate and its hydrates, and potassium molybdate and its hydrates.
  • Suitable molybdenum oxides include molybdenum (VI) oxide, molybdenum (VI) oxide, and molybdic acid.
  • Suitable molybdenyl complexes include, for example, molybdenyl acetylacetonate.
  • Other suitable tungsten and molybdenum complexes include hydroxo derivatives derived from, for example, glycerol, tartaric acid, and sugars.
  • anti-angiogenic factors include platelet factor 4; protamine sulphate; sulphated chitin derivatives (prepared from queen crab shells), (Murata et al., Cancer Res.
  • SP- PG Sulphated Polysaccharide Peptidoglycan Complex
  • SA- PG Sulphated Polysaccharide Peptidoglycan Complex
  • Staurosporine modulators of matrix metabolism, including for example, proline analogs, cishydroxyproline, d,L- 3,4-dehydroproline, Thiaproline, alpha,alpha-dipyridyl, aminopropionifrile fumarate; 4-propyl-5-(4-pyridinyl)-2(3H)-oxazolone; Methofrexate; Mitoxantrone; Heparin; hiterferons; 2 Macroglobulin-serum; ChIMP-3 (Pavloff et al., J. Bio. Chem.
  • Bisanfrene National Cancer Institute
  • Lobenzarit disodium N-(2)-carboxyphenyl-4- chloroanthronilic acid disodium or "CCA”
  • CCA chloroanthronilic acid disodium
  • Thalidomide Angostatic steroid
  • AGM-1470 carboxynaminolmidazole
  • metalloproteinase inhibitors such as BB94.
  • cancers such as follicular lymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, and hormone- dependent tumors, including, but not limited to colon cancer, cardiac tumors, pancreatic cancer, melanoma, retinoblastoma, glioblastoma, lung cancer, intestinal cancer, testicular cancer, stomach cancer, neuroblastoma, myxoma, myoma, lymphoma, endothelioma, osteoblastoma, osteoclastoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, adenoma, breast cancer, prostate' cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma and ovarian cancer); autoimmune disorders (such as, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, and/or antagonists ofthe invention are used to inhibit growth, progression, and/or metasis of cancers, in particular those listed above.
  • Additional diseases or conditions associated with increased cell survival that could be treated or detected by polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention include, but are not limited to, progression, and/or metastases of malignancies and related disorders such as leukemia (including acute leukemias (e.g., acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia (including myeloblastic, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic, and erythroleukemia)) and chronic leukemias (e.g., chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia and chronic lymphocytic leukemia)), polycythemia vera, lymphomas (e.g., Hodgkin's disease and non-Hodgkin's disease), multiple myeloma, Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, heavy chain disease, and solid tumors including, but not limited to, sarcomas
  • Diseases associated with increased apoptosis that could be treated, prevented, diagnosed, and/or prognesed using polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention, include, but are not limited to, AIDS; neurodegenerative disorders (such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Amyofrophic lateral sclerosis, Retinitis pigmentosa, Cerebellar degeneration and brain tumor or prior associated disease); autoimmune disorders (such as, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biliary c rhosis, Behcet's disease, Crohn's disease, polymyositis, systemic lupus erythematosus and immune- related glomerulonephritis and rheumatoid arthritis) myelodysplastic syndromes (such as aplastic anemia), graft v.
  • neurodegenerative disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Amy
  • ischemic injury such as that caused by myocardial infarction, stroke and reperfusion injury
  • liver injury e.g., hepatitis related liver injury, ischemia/reperfusion injury, cholestosis (bile duct injury) and liver cancer
  • toxin-induced liver disease such as that caused by alcohol
  • septic shock cachexia and anorexia.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be clinically useful in stimulating wound healing including surgical wounds, excisional wounds, deep wounds involving damage ofthe dermis and epidermis, eye tissue wounds, dental tissue wounds, oral cavity wounds, diabetic ulcers, dermal ulcers, cubitus ulcers, arterial ulcers, venous stasis ulcers, burns resulting from heat exposure or chemicals, and other abnormal wound healing conditions such as uremia, malnutrition, vitamin deficiencies and complications associated with systemic treatment with steroids, radiation therapy and antineoplastic drugs and antimetabolites.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could be used to promote dermal reestablishment subsequent to dermal loss
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides will also produce changes in hepatocyte proliferation, and epithelial cell proliferation in the lung, breast, pancreas, stomach, small intestine, and large intestine.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could promote proliferation of epithelial cells such as sebocytes, hair follicles, hepatocytes, type H pneumocytes, mucin-producing goblet cells, and other epithelial cells and their progenitors contained within the skin, lung, liver, and gastrointestinal tract.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may promote proliferation of endothehal cells, keratinocytes, and basal keratinocytes. Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention, could also be used to reduce the side effects of gut toxicity that result from radiation, chemotherapy treatments or viral infections. Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention, may have a cytoprotective effect on the small intestine mucosa. Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention, may also stimulate healing of mucositis (mouth ulcers) that result from chemotherapy and viral infections.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could further be used in full regeneration of skin in full and partial thickness skin defects, including burns, (i.e., repopulation of hair follicles, sweat glands, and sebaceous glands), freatment of other skin defects such as psoriasis.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could be used to treat epidermolysis bullosa, a defect in adherence ofthe epidermis to the underlying dermis which results in frequent, open and painful blisters by accelerating reepithelialization of these lesions.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could also be used to treat gastric and doudenal ulcers and help heal by scar formation ofthe mucosal lining and regeneration of glandular mucosa and duodenal mucosal lining more rapidly.
  • Inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, are diseases which result in destruction ofthe mucosal surface ofthe small or large intestine, respectively.
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could be used to promote the resurfacing ofthe mucosal surface to aid more rapid healing and to prevent progression of inflammatory bowel disease.
  • Treatment with polynucleotides or polypeptides, agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention is expected to have a significant effect on the production of mucus throughout the gasfrointestinal tract and could be used to protect the intestinal mucosa from injurious substances that are ingested or following surgery.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could be used to treat diseases associate with the under expression.
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could be used to prevent and heal damage to the lungs due to various pathological states.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention which could stimulate proliferation and differentiation and promote the repair of alveoli and brocbiolar epithelium to prevent or treat acute or chronic lung damage.
  • emphysema which results in the progressive loss of aveoli, and inhalation injuries, i.e., resulting from smoke inhalation and burns, that cause necrosis ofthe bronchiolar epithelium and alveoli could be effectively treated using polynucleotides or polypeptides, agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention.
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could be used to stimulate the proliferation of and differentiation of type H pneumocytes, which may help treat or prevent disease such as hyaline membrane diseases, such as infant respiratory distress ' syndrome and bronchopulmonary displasia, in premature infants.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention, could stimulate the proliferation and differentiation of hepatocytes and, thus, could be used to alleviate or treat liver diseases and pathologies such as fulminant liver failure caused by chrhosis, liver damage caused by viral hepatitis and toxic substances (i.e., acetaminophen, carbon tetraholoride and other hepatotoxins known in the art).
  • liver diseases and pathologies such as fulminant liver failure caused by chrhosis, liver damage caused by viral hepatitis and toxic substances (i.e., acetaminophen, carbon tetraholoride and other hepatotoxins known in the art).
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could be used treat or prevent the onset of diabetes mellitus.
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could be used to maintain the islet function so as to alleviate, delay or prevent permanent manifestation ofthe disease.
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could be used as an auxiliary in islet cell fransplantation to improve or promote islet cell function.
  • the polynucleotides, polypeptides and agonists or antagonists ofthe invention may be used for the diagnosis and/or treatment of diseases, disorders, damage or injury ofthe brain and/or nervous system.
  • Nervous system disorders that can be treated with the compositions ofthe invention (e.g., polypeptides, polynucleotides, and/or agonists or antagonists), include, but are not limited to, nervous system injuries, and diseases or disorders which result in either a disconnection of axons, a diminution or degeneration of neurons, or demyelination.
  • Nervous system lesions which maybe treated in a patient (including human and non-human mammalian patients) according to the methods ofthe invention, include but are not limited to, the following lesions of either the central (including spinal cord, brain) or peripheral nervous systems: (1) ischemic lesions, in which a lack of oxygen in a portion ofthe nervous system results in neuronal injury or death, including cerebral infarction or ischemia, or spinal cord infarction or ischemia; (2) traumatic lesions, including lesions caused by physical injury or associated with surgery, for example, lesions ; which sever a portion ofthe nervous system, or compression injuries; (3) malignant lesions, in which a portion ofthe nervous system is destroyed or injured by malignant tissue which is either a nervous system associated malignancy or a malignancy derived from non-nervous system tissue; (4) infectious lesions, in which a portion of the nervous system is destroyed or injured as a result of infection, for example, by an abscess or associated with infection by human immunodeficiency virus, he ⁇
  • the polypeptides, polynucleotides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to protect neural cells from the damaging effects of hypoxia.
  • the polypeptides, polynucleotides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to protect neural cells from the damaging effects of cerebral hypoxia.
  • the compositions ofthe invention are used to treat or prevent neural cell injury associated with cerebral hypoxia.
  • the polypeptides, polynucleotides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to freat or prevent neural cell injury associated with cerebral ischemia
  • the polypeptides, polynucleotides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to treat or prevent neural cell injury associated with cerebral infarction.
  • the polypeptides, polynucleotides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to freat or prevent neural cell injury associated with a stroke.
  • the polypeptides, polynucleotides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to treat or prevent cerebral neural cell injury associated with a stroke.
  • the polypeptides, polynucleotides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to treat or prevent neural cell injury associated with a heart attack.
  • the polypeptides, polynucleotides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to freat or prevent cerebral neural cell injury associated with a heart attack.
  • the compositions ofthe invention which are useful for treating or preventing a nervous system disorder may be selected by testing for biological activity in promoting the survival or differentiation of neurons.
  • compositions ofthe invention which elicit any ofthe following effects may be useful according to the invention: (1) increased survival time of neurons in culture either in the presence or absence of hypoxia or hypoxic conditions; (2) increased sprouting of neurons in culture or in vivo; (3) increased production of a neuron- associated molecule in culture or in vivo, e.g., choline acetyltransferase or acetylcholinesterase with respect to motor neurons; or (4) decreased symptoms of neuron dysfunction in vivo.
  • Such effects may be measured by any method known in the art.
  • increased survival of neurons may routinely be measured using a method set forth herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, for example, in Zhang et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 97:3637-42 (2000) or in Arakawa et al, J. Neurosci., 10:3501-15 (1990); increased sprouting of neurons may be detected by methods known in the art, such as, for example, the methods set forth in Pestronk et al, Exp. Neurol, 70:65-82 (1980), or Brown et al, Ann. Rev.
  • Neurosci., 4:11-42 (1981); increased production of neuron-associated molecules may be measured by bioassay, enzymatic assay, antibody binding, Northern blot assay, etc., using techniques known in the art and depending on the molecule to be measured; and motor neuron dysfunction may be measured by assessing the physical manifestation of motor neuron disorder, e.g., weakness, motor neuron conduction velocity, or functional disability.
  • motor neuron disorders that may be treated according to the invention include, but are not limited to, disorders such as infarction, infection, exposure to toxin, trauma, surgical damage, degenerative disease or malignancy that may affect motor neurons as well as other components ofthe nervous system, as well as disorders that selectively affect neurons such as amyofrophic lateral sclerosis, and including, but not limited to, progressive spinal muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar palsy, primary lateral sclerosis, infantile and juvenile muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar paralysis of childhood (Fazio-Londe syndrome), poliomyelitis and the post polio syndrome, and Hereditary Motorsensory Neuropathy (Charcot-Marie-Tooth Disease).
  • disorders such as infarction, infection, exposure to toxin, trauma, surgical damage, degenerative disease or malignancy that may affect motor neurons as well as other components ofthe nervous system, as well as disorders that selectively affect neurons such as amyofrophic lateral sclerosis, and including, but not limited to, progressive spinal muscular atrophy, progressive
  • compositions ofthe invention may be used to diagnose and/or treat or prevent diseases or disorders associated with these roles, including, but not limited to, learning and/or cognition disorders.
  • the compositions ofthe invention may also be useful in the treatment or prevention of neurodegenerative disease states and/or behavioural disorders.
  • Such neurodegenerative disease states and/or behavioral disorders include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Tourette Syndrome, schizophrenia, mania, dementia, paranoia, obsessive compulsive disorder, panic disorder, learning disabilities, ALS, psychoses, autism, and altered behaviors, including disorders in feeding, sleep patterns, balance, and perception, hi addition, compositions of the invention may also play a role in the treatment, prevention and/or detection of developmental disorders associated with the developing embryo, or sexually-linked disorders.
  • polypeptides, polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the invention may be useful in protecting neural cells from diseases, damage, disorders, or injury, associated with cerebrovascular disorder ' s including, but not limited to, carotid artery diseases (e.g., carotid artery thrombosis, carotid stenosis, or Moyamoya Disease), cerebral amyloid angiopathy, cerebral aneurysm, cerebral anoxia, cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebral arteriovenous malformations, cerebral artery diseases, cerebral embolism and thrombosis (e.g., carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, or Wallenberg's Syndrome), cerebral hemorrhage (e.g., epidural or subdural hematoma, or subarachnoid hemorrhage), cerebral infarction, cerebral ischemia (e.g., transient cerebral ischemia, Subclavian Steal Syndrome, or
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention, for therapeutic pu ⁇ oses, for example, to stimulate neurological cell proliferation and/or differentiation. Therefore, polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists and/or antagonists ofthe invention may be used to freat and/or detect neurologic diseases. Moreover, polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention, can be used as a marker or detector of a particular nervous system disease or disorder.
  • Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected with polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists, and/or antagonists ofthe present invention include cerebrovascular disorders (such as carotid artery diseases which include carotid artery thrombosis, carotid stenosis and Moyamoya Disease), cerebral amyloid angiopathy, cerebral aneurysm, cerebral anoxia, cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebral arteriovenous malformations, cerebral artery diseases, cerebral embolism and thrombosis such as carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis and Wallenberg's Syndrome, cerebral hemorrhage such as epidural hematoma, subdural hematoma and subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral infarction, cerebral ischemia such as transient cerebral ischemia, Subclavian Steal Syndrome and vertebrobasilar insufficiency, vascular dementia such as multi-infarct dementia, periventricular leukomal
  • Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected with polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists, and/or antagomsts ofthe present invention include dementia such as AIDS Dementia Complex, presenile dementia such as Alzheimer's Disease and Creutzfeldt- Jakob Syndrome, senile dementia such as
  • Alzheimer's Disease and progressive supranuclear palsy vascular dementia such as multi-infarct dementia, encephalitis which include encephalitis periaxialis, viral encephalitis such as epidemic encephalitis, Japanese Encephalitis, St.
  • epilepsy such as generalized epilepsy which includes infantile spasms, absence epilepsy, myoclonic epilepsy which includes MERRF Syndrome, tonic-clonic epilepsy, partial epilepsy such as complex partial epilepsy, frontal lobe epilepsy and temporal lobe epilepsy, post-traumatic epilepsy, status epilepticus such as Epilepsia Partialis Continua, and Hallervorden- Spatz Syndrome.
  • Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected with polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists, and/or antagonists ofthe present invention include hydrocephalus such as Dandy- Walker Syndrome and nonnal pressure hydrocephalus, hypothalamic diseases such as hypothalamic neoplasms, cerebral malaria, narcolepsy which includes cataplexy, bulbar poliomyelitis, cerebri pseudotumor, Rett Syndrome, Reye's Syndrome, thalamic diseases, cerebral toxoplasmosis, intracranial tuberculoma and Zellweger Syndrome, central nervous system infections such as AIDS Dementia Complex, Brain Abscess, subdural empyema, encephalomyehtis such as Equine Encephalomyehtis, Venezuelan Equine Encephalomyehtis, Necrotizing Hemorrhagic Encephalomyehtis, Visna, and cerebral malaria.
  • hydrocephalus such as Dan
  • Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected with polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists, and/or antagonists ofthe present invention include meningitis such as arachnoiditis, aseptic meningtitis such as viral meningtitis which includes lymphocytic choriomeningitis, Bacterial meningtitis which includes Haemophilus Meningtitis, Listeria Meningtitis, Meningococcal Meningtitis such as Waterhouse-Friderichsen Syndrome, Pneumococcal Meningtitis and meningeal tuberculosis, fungal meningitis such as Cryptococcal Meningtitis, subdural effusion, meningoencephalitis such as uvemeningoencephalitic syndrome, myelitis such as fransverse myelitis, neurosyphihs such as tabes dorsalis, poliomyelitis which includes bulbar poliomyelitis and postpoliomyelitis syndrome, pri
  • Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected with polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists, and/or antagonists ofthe present invention include central nervous system neoplasms such as brain neoplasms that include cerebellar neoplasms such as infratentorial neoplasms, cerebral ventricle neoplasms such as choroid plexus neoplasms, hypothalamic neoplasms and supratentorial neoplasms, meningeal neoplasms, spinal cord neoplasms which include epidural neoplasms, demyelinating diseases such as Canavan Diseases, diffuse cerebral sceloris which includes adrenoleukodysfrophy, encephalitis periaxialis, globoid cell leukodystrophy, diffuse cerebral sclerosis such as metachromatic leukodystrophy, allergic encephalomyehtis, necrotizing hemorrhagic ence
  • Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected with polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists, and/or antagonists ofthe present invention include hereditary motor and sensory neuropathies which include Charcot-Marie Disease, Hereditary optic atrophy, Refsum's Disease, hereditary spastic paraplegia, Werdnig-Hoffmann Disease, Hereditary Sensory and Autonomic Neuropathies such as Congenital Analgesia and Familial Dysautonomia, Neurologic manifestations (such as agnosia that include Gerstmann's Syndrome, Amnesia such as retrograde amnesia, apraxia, neurogenic bladder, cataplexy, communicative disorders such as hearing disorders that includes deafness, partial hearing loss, loudness recruitment and tinnitus, language disorders such as aphasia which include agraphia, anomia, broca aphasia, and Wernicke Aphasia, Dyslexia such as Acquired Dyslexia, language
  • Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected with polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists, and/or antagonists ofthe present invention include nerve compression syndromes such as ca ⁇ al tunnel syndrome, tarsal tunnel syndrome, thoracic outlet syndrome such as cervical rib syndrome, ulnar nerve compression syndrome, neuralgia such as causalgia, cervico-brachial neuralgia, facial neuralgia and trigeminal neuralgia, neuritis such as experimental allergic neuritis, optic neuritis, polyneuritis, polyradiculoneuritis and radiculities such as polyradiculitis, hereditary motor and sensory neuropathies such as Charcot-Marie Disease, Hereditary Optic Atrophy, Refsum's Disease, Hereditary Spastic Paraplegia and Werdnig-Hoffmann Disease, Hereditary Sensory and Autonomic Neuropathies which include Congenital Analgesia and Familial Dysautonomia, POEMS Syndrome, Sciatica, Gustatory Swe
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be used to freat, prevent, diagnose, and/or prognose disorders and/or diseases related to hormone imbalance, and/or disorders or diseases ofthe endocrine system.
  • Hormones secreted by the glands ofthe endocrine system control physical growth, sexual function, metabolism, and other functions. Disorders may be classified in two ways: disturbances in the production of hormones, and the inability of tissues to respond to hormones.
  • the etiology of these hormone imbalance or endocrine system diseases, disorders or conditions may be genetic, somatic, such as cancer and some autoimmune diseases, acquired (e.g., by chemotherapy, injury or toxins), or infectious.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, and/or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention can be used as a marker or detector of a particular disease or disorder related to the endocrine system and/or hormone imbalance.
  • Endocrine system and/or hormone imbalance and/or diseases encompass disorders of uterine motility including, but not limited to: complications with pregnancy and labor (e.g., pre-term labor, post-term pregnancy, spontaneous abortion, and slow or stopped labor); and disorders and/or diseases ofthe menstrual cycle (e.g., dysmenorrhea and endometriosis).
  • complications with pregnancy and labor e.g., pre-term labor, post-term pregnancy, spontaneous abortion, and slow or stopped labor
  • disorders and/or diseases ofthe menstrual cycle e.g., dysmenorrhea and endometriosis.
  • Endocrine system and/or hormone imbalance disorders and/or diseases include disorders and/or diseases ofthe pancreas, such as, for example, diabetes mellitus, diabetes insipidus, congenital pancreatic agenesis, pheochromocytoma—islet cell tumor syndrome; disorders and/or diseases ofthe adrenal glands such as, for example, Addison's Disease, corticosteroid deficiency, virilizing disease, hirsutism, Gushing' s Syndrome, hyperaldosteronism, pheochromocytoma; disorders and/or diseases ofthe pituitary gland, such as, for example, hype ⁇ ituitarism, hypopituitarism, pituitary dwarfism, pituitary adenoma, panhypopituitarism, acromegaly, gigantism; disorders and/or diseases ofthe thyroid, including but not limited to, hyperthyroidism, hypothyroidism, Plummer's disease, Graves'
  • the polynucleotides and/or polypeptides corresponding to this gene and/or agomsts or antagonists of those polypeptides (including antibodies) as well as fragments and variants of those polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists and antagonists may be used to diagnose, prognose, freat, prevent, or ameliorate diseases and disorders associated with aberrant glucose metabolism or glucose uptake into cells.
  • the polynucleotides and/or polypeptides corresponding to this gene and/or agonists and/or antagonists thereof may be used to diagnose, prognose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate type I diabetes mellitus (insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, IDDM).
  • polynucleotides and/or polypeptides corresponding to this gene and/or agonists and/or antagonists thereof may be used to diagnose, prognose, freat, prevent, and/or ameliorate type ⁇ diabetes mellitus (insulin resistant diabetes mellitus).
  • the polynucleotides and/or polypeptides corresponding to this gene and/or antagonists thereof may be used to diagnose, prognose, treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate conditions associated with (type I or type A) diabetes mellitus, including, but not limited to, diabetic ketoacidosis, diabetic coma, nonketotic hyperglycemic- hyperosmolar coma, seizures, mental confusion, drowsiness, cardiovascular disease (e.g., heart disease, atherosclerosis, microvascular disease, hypertension, stroke, and other diseases and disorders as described in the "Cardiovascular Disorders” section), dyslipidemia, kidney disease (e.g., renal failure, nephropathy other diseases and disorders as described in the "Renal Disorders” section), nerve damage, neuropathy, vision impairment (e.g., diabetic retinopathy and blindness), ulcers and impaired wound healing, infections (e.g., infectious diseases and disorders as described in the
  • the polynucleotides and/or polypeptides conesponding to this gene and/or agonists or antagonists thereof are administered to an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human, in order to regulate the animal's weight.
  • polynucleotides and/or polypeptides corresponding to this gene and/or agonists or antagonists thereof are administered to an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human, in order to confrol the animal's weight by modulating a biochemical pathway involving insulin
  • polynucleotides and/or polypeptides corresponding to this gene and/or agonists or antagonists thereof are administered to an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human, in order to control the animal's weight by modulating a biochemical pathway involving insulin-like growth factor.
  • endocrine system and/or hormone imbalance disorders and/or diseases may also include disorders and/or diseases ofthe testes or ovaries, including cancer.
  • Other disorders and/or diseases ofthe testes or ovaries further include, for example, ovarian cancer, polycystic ovary syndrome, Klinefelter's syndrome, vanishing testes syndrome (bilateral anorchia), congenital absence of Leydig's cells, cryptorchidism, Noonan's syndrome, myotonic dystrophy, capillary haemangioma of the testis (benign), neoplasias ofthe testis and neo-testis.
  • endocrine system and/or hormone imbalance disorders and/or diseases may also include disorders and/or diseases such as, for example, polyglandular deficiency syndromes, pheochromocytoma, neuroblastoma, multiple Endocrine neoplasia, and disorders and/or cancers of endocrine tissues.
  • a polypeptide ofthe invention may be used to diagnose, prognose, prevent, and/or freat endocrine diseases and/or disorders associated with the tissue(s) in which the polypeptide ofthe invention is expressed, including one, two, three, four, five, or more tissues disclosed in Table 1 A, column 8 (Tissue Distribution Library Code).
  • the polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention may be used for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of diseases and/or disorders ofthe reproductive system.
  • Reproductive system disorders that can be treated by the compositions ofthe invention, include, but are not limited to, reproductive system injuries, infections, neoplastic disorders, congenital defects, and diseases or disorders which result in infertility, complications with pregnancy, labor, or parturition, and postpartum difficulties.
  • Reproductive system disorders and/or diseases include diseases and/or disorders ofthe testes, including testicular atrophy, testicular feminization, cryptorchism (unilateral and bilateral), anorchia, ectopic testis, epididymitis and orchitis (typically resulting from infections such as, for example, gonorrhea, mumps, tuberculosis, and syphilis), testicular torsion, vasitis nodosa, germ cell tumors (e.g., seminomas, embryonal cell carcinomas, teratocarcinomas, choriocarcinomas, yolk sac tumors, and teratomas), stromal tumors (e.g., Leydig cell tumors), hydrocele, hematocele, varicocele, spermatocele, inguinal hernia, and disorders of sperm production (e.g., immotile cilia syndrome, aspermia, asthenozo
  • Reproductive system disorders also include disorders ofthe prostate gland, such as acute non-bacterial prostatitis, chronic non-bacterial prostatitis, acute bacterial prostatitis, chronic bacterial prostatitis, prostatodystonia, prostatosis, granulomatous prostatitis, malacoplakia, benign prostatic hyperfrophy or hype ⁇ lasia, and prostate neoplastic disorders, including adenocarcinomas, transitional cell carcinomas, ductal carcinomas, and squamous cell carcinomas.
  • compositions ofthe invention maybe useful in the diagnosis, treatment, and/or prevention of disorders or diseases ofthe penis and urethra, including inflammatory disorders, such as balanoposthitis, balanitis xerotica obliterans, phimosis, paraphimosis, syphilis, he ⁇ es simplex viras, gonorrhea, non- gonococcal urethritis, chlamydia, mycoplasma, trichomonas, HIV, AIDS, Reiter's syndrome, condyloma acuminatum, condyloma latum, and pearly penile papules; urethral abnormalities, such as hypospadias, epispadias, and phimosis; premalignant lesions, including Erythroplasia of Queyrat, Bowen's disease, Bowenoid paplosis, giant condyloma of Buscke-Lowenstein, and var
  • diseases and/or disorders ofthe vas deferens include vasculititis and CBAVD (congenital bilateral absence ofthe vas deferens); additionally, the polynucleotides, polypeptides, and agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention maybe used in the diagnosis, treatment, and/or prevention of diseases and/or disorders ofthe seminal vesicles, including hydatid disease, congenital chloride dianhea, and polycystic kidney disease.
  • disorders and/or diseases ofthe male reproductive system include, for example, Klinefelter's syndrome, Young's syndrome, premature ejaculation, diabetes mellitus, cystic fibrosis, Kartagener's syndrome, high fever, multiple sclerosis, and gynecomastia.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, and agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be used in the diagnosis, treatment, and/or prevention of diseases and/or disorders ofthe vagina and vulva, including bacterial vaginosis, Candida vaginitis, he ⁇ es simplex viras, chancroid, granuloma inguinale, lymphogranuloma venereum, scabies, human papiUomaviras, vaginal frauma, vulvar frauma, adenosis, chlamydia vaginitis, gonorrhea, trichomonas vaginitis, condyloma acuminatum, syphilis, molluscum contagiosum, atrophic vaginitis, Paget's disease, lichen sclerosus, lichen planus, vulvodynia, toxic shock syndrome, vaginismus, vulvody
  • disorders and/or diseases ofthe uteras include dysmenorrhea, retroverted uterus, endometriosis, fibroids, adenomyosis, anovulatory bleeding, amenorrhea, Gushing' s syndrome, hydatidiform moles, Asherman's syndrome, premature menopause, precocious puberty, uterine polyps, dysfunctional uterine bleeding (e.g., due to abenant hormonal signals), and neoplastic disorders, such as adenocarcinomas, keiomyosarcomas, and sarcomas.
  • polypeptides, polynucleotides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention may be useful as a marker or detector of, as well as in the diagnosis, treatment, and/or prevention of congenital uterine abnormalities, such as bicornuate uteras, septate uterus, simple unicornuate uteras, unicomuate uteras with a noncavitary rudimentary horn, unicornuate uteras with a non-communicating cavitary rudimentary hom, unicornuate uterus with a communicating cavitary hom, arcuate uteras, uterine didelfus, and T-shaped uteras.
  • congenital uterine abnormalities such as bicornuate uteras, septate uterus, simple unicornuate uteras, unicomuate uteras with a noncavitary rudimentary horn, unicornuate uteras with a non-communicating cavitary rudi
  • Ovarian diseases and/or disorders include anovulation, polycystic ovary syndrome (Stein-Leventhal syndrome), ovarian cysts, ovarian hypofunction, ovarian insensitivity to gonadotropins, ovarian ove ⁇ roduction of androgens, right ovarian vein syndrome, amenorrhea, hirutism, and ovarian cancer (including, but not limited to, primary and secondary cancerous growth, Sertoli-Leydig tumors, endometriod carcinoma ofthe ovary, ovarian papillary serous adenocarcinoma, ovarian mucinous adenocarcinoma, and Ovarian Krukenberg tumors).
  • Cervical diseases and/or disorders include cervicitis, chronic cervicitis, mucopurulent cervicitis, cervical dysplasia, cervical polyps, Nabothian cysts, cervical erosion, cervical incompetence, and cervical neoplasms (including, for example, cervical carcinoma, squamous metaplasia, squamous cell carcinoma, adenosquamous cell neoplasia, and columnar cell neoplasia).
  • diseases and/or disorders of the .reproductive system include disorders and/or diseases of pregnancy, including miscarriage and stillbirth, such as early abortion, late abortion, spontaneous abortion, induced abortion, therapeutic abortion, threatened abortion, missed abortion, incomplete abortion, complete abortion, habitual abortion, missed abortion, and septic abortion; ectopic pregnancy, anemia, Rli incompatibility, vaginal bleeding during pregnancy, gestational diabetes, intrauterine growth retardation, polyhydramnios, HELLP syndrome, abraptio placentae, placenta previa, hyperemesis, preeclampsia, eclampsia, he ⁇ es gestationis, and urticaria of pregnancy.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, and agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be used in the diagnosis, freatment, and/or prevention of diseases that can complicate pregnancy, including heart disease, heart failure, rheumatic heart disease, congenital heart disease, mifral valve prolapse, high blood pressure, anemia, kidney disease, infectious disease (e.g., rubella, cytomegalovirus, toxoplasmosis, infectious hepatitis, chlamydia, HIV, AIDS, and genital he ⁇ es), diabetes mellitus, Graves' disease, thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, chronic active hepatitis, cirrhosis ofthe liver, primary biliary cinhosis, asthma, systemic lupus eryematosis, rheumatoid arthritis, myasthenia gravis, idiopathic thrombocytopenic pu ⁇ ura, append
  • Complications associated with labor and parturition include premature rupture ofthe membranes, pre-term labor, post-term pregnancy, postmaturity, labor that progresses too slowly, fetal distress (e.g., abnormal heart rate (fetal or maternal), breathing problems, and abnonnal fetal position), shoulder dystocia, prolapsed umbilical cord, amniotic fluid embolism, and aberrant uterine bleeding.
  • fetal distress e.g., abnormal heart rate (fetal or maternal), breathing problems, and abnonnal fetal position
  • shoulder dystocia e.g., prolapsed umbilical cord, amniotic fluid embolism, and aberrant uterine bleeding.
  • diseases and/or disorders ofthe postdelivery period including endometritis, myometritis, parametritis, peritonitis, pelvic thrombophlebitis, pulmonary embolism, endotoxemia, pyelonephritis, saphenous thrombophlebitis, mastitis, cystitis, postpartum hemorrhage, and inverted uterus.
  • disorders and/or diseases ofthe female reproductive system that maybe diagnosed, treated, and/or prevented by the polynucleotides, polypeptides, and agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention include, for example, Turner's syndrome, pseudohermaphroditism, premenstraal syndrome, pelvic inflammator disease, pelvic congestion (vascular engorgement), frigidity, anorgasmia, dyspareunia, ruptured fallopian tube, and Mittel inconvenience.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention can be used to treat or detect infectious agents. For example, by increasing the immune response, particularly increasing the proliferation and differentiation of B and/or T cells, infectious diseases maybe treated.
  • the immune response may be increased by either enhancing an existing immune response, or by initiating a new immune response.
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may also directly inhibit the infectious agent, without necessarily eliciting an immune response.
  • Virases are one example of an infectious agent that can cause disease or symptoms that can be treated or detected by a polynucleotide or polypeptide and/or agonist or antagonist ofthe present invention.
  • examples of virases include, but are not limited to Examples of viruses, include, but are not limited to the following DNA and RNA viruses and viral families: Arbovirus, Adenoviridae, Arenaviridae, Arterivirus, Birnaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Caliciviridae, Circoviridae, Coronaviridae, Dengue, EBV, HIV, Flaviviridae, Hepadnaviridae (Hepatitis), He ⁇ esviridae (such as, Cytomegalovirus, He ⁇ es Simplex, He ⁇ es Zoster), Mononegavirus (e.g., Paramyxoviridae, Morbilliviras, Rhabdoviridae), Orthomyxoviridae (e.g., Influenza A, Influen
  • Viruses falling within these families can cause a variety of diseases or symptoms, including, but not, limited to: arthritis, bronchiollitis, respiratory syncytial viras, encephalitis, eye infections (e.g., conjunctivitis, keratitis), chronic fatigue syndrome, hepatitis (A, B, C, E, Chronic Active, Delta), Japanese B encephalitis, Junin, Chikungunya, Rift Valley fever, yellow fever, meningitis, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS), pneumonia, Burkitt's Lymphoma, chickenpox, hemorrhagic fever, Measles, Mumps, Parainfluenza, Rabies, the common cold, Polio, leukemia, Rubella, sexually transmitted diseases, skin diseases (e.g., Kaposi's, warts), and viremia.
  • arthritis bronchiollitis, respiratory syncytial viras, encephalitis, eye infections (
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention can be used to treat or detect any of these symptoms or diseases.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to freat: meningitis, Dengue, EBV, and/or hepatitis (e.g., hepatitis B).
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to treat patients nonresponsive to one or more other commercially available hepatitis vaccines, hi a further specific embodiment polynucleotides, polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to freat AIDS.
  • Bordetella Borrelia (e.g., Borrelia burgdorferi), Brucella, Candidia, Campylobacter, Chlamydia, Clostridium (e.g., Clostridium botulinum, Clostridium pulpe, Clostridium perfringens, Clostridium tetani), Coccidioides, Corynebacterium (e.g., Corynebacterium diptheriae), Cryptococcus, Dermatocycoses, E. coli (e.g., ⁇ nterotoxigenic E. coli and ⁇ nterohemorrhagic E. coli), ⁇ nterobacter (e.g.
  • Enterobacter aerogenes ⁇ nterobacteriaceae (Klebsiella, Salmonella (e.g., Salmonella typhi, Salmonella enteritidis, Salmonella typhi), Serratia, Yersinia, Shigella), ⁇ rysipelothrix, Haemophilus (e.g., Haemophilus influenza type B), Helicobacter, Legionella (e.g., Legionella pneumophila), Leptospira, Listeria (e.g., Listeria monocytogenes), Mycoplasma, Mycobacterium (e.g., Mycobacterium leprae and Mycobacterium tuberculosis), Vibrio (e.g., Vibrio cholerae), Neisseriaceae (e.g., Neisseria gonorrhea, Neisseria meningitidis), Pasteurellacea, Proteus, Pseudomonas (e.g., Ps
  • bacterial, parasitic, and fungal families can cause diseases or. symptoms, including, but not limited to: antibiotic-resistant infections, bacteremia, endocarditis, septicemia, eye infections (e.g., conjunctivitis), uveitis, tuberculosis, gingivitis, bacterial diarrhea, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS related infections), paronychia, prosthesis-related infections, dental caries, Reiter's Disease, respiratory tract infections, such as Whooping Cough or ⁇ mpyema, sepsis, Lyme Disease, Cat-Scratch Disease, dysentery, paratyphoid fever, food poisoning, Legionella disease, chronic and acute inflammation, erythema, yeast infections, typhoid, pneumonia, gonorrhea, meningitis (e.g., mengitis types A and B), chlamydia, syphillis, diphtheria, leprosy, bru
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, agonists or antagonists ofthe invention can be used to treat or detect any of these symptoms or diseases.
  • polynucleotides, polypeptides, agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to treat: tetanus, diptheria, botulism, and/or meningitis type B.
  • parasitic agents causing disease or symptoms that can be treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by a polynucleotide or polypeptide and/or agonist or antagonist ofthe present invention include, but not limited to, the following families or class: Amebiasis, Babesiosis, Coccidiosis, Cryptosporidiosis, Dientamoebiasis, Dourine, Ectoparasitic, Giardias, Helminthiasis, Leishmaniasis, Schistisoma, Theileriasis, Toxoplasmosis, Trypanosomiasis, and Trichomonas and Sporozoans (e.g., Plasmodium virax, Plasmodium falciparium, Plasmodium malariae and Plasmodium ovale).
  • These parasites can cause a variety of diseases or symptoms, including, but not limited to: Scabies, Trombiculiasis, eye infections, intestinal disease (e.g., dysentery, giardiasis), liver disease, lung disease, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS related), malaria, pregnancy complications, and toxoplasmosis.
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention can be used to freat, prevent, and/or diagnose any of these symptoms or diseases, hi specific embodiments, polynucleotides, polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe invention are used to treat, prevent, and/or diagnose malaria.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention ofthe present invention could either be by administering an effective amount of a polypeptide to the patient, or by removing cells from the patient, supplying the cells with a polynucleotide ofthe present invention, and returning the engineered cells to the patient (ex vivo therapy).
  • the polypeptide or polynucleotide ofthe present invention can be used as an antigen in a vaccine to raise an immune response against infectious disease.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagomsts ofthe present invention can be used to differentiate, proliferate, and attract cells, leading to the regeneration of tissues.
  • the regeneration of tissues could be used to repair, replace, or protect tissue damaged by congenital defects, trauma (wounds, burns, incisions, or ulcers), age, disease (e.g. osteoporosis, osteocarthritis, periodontal disease, liver failure), surgery, including cosmetic plastic surgery, fibrosis, reperfusion injury, or systemic cytokine damage.
  • Tissues that could be regenerated using the present invention include organs (e.g., pancreas, liver, intestine, kidney, skin, endothelium), muscle (smooth, skeletal or cardiac), vasculature (including vascular and lymphatics), nervous, hematopoietic, and skeletal (bone, cartilage, tendon, and ligament) tissue.
  • organs e.g., pancreas, liver, intestine, kidney, skin, endothelium
  • muscle smooth, skeletal or cardiac
  • vasculature including vascular and lymphatics
  • nervous hematopoietic
  • hematopoietic skeletal
  • skeletal bone, cartilage, tendon, and ligament
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may increase regeneration of tissues difficult to heal. For example, increased tendon/ligament regeneration would quicken recovery time after damage. Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could also be used prophylactically in an effort to avoid damage. Specific diseases that could be treated include of tendinitis, ca ⁇ al tunnel syndrome, and other tendon or ligament defects. A further example of tissue regeneration of non-healing wounds includes pressure ulcers, ulcers associated with vascular insufficiency, surgical, and traumatic wounds.
  • nerve and brain tissue could also be regenerated by using polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention, to proliferate and differentiate nerve cells.
  • Diseases that could be treated using this method include cenfral and peripheral nervous system diseases, neuropathies, or mechanical and traumatic disorders (e.g., spinal cord disorders, head frauma, cerebrovascular disease, and stoke).
  • peripheral nerve injuries e.g., resulting from chemotherapy or other medical therapies
  • localized neuropathies e.g., a central nervous system derived from peripheral neuropathy
  • cenfral nervous system diseases e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and Shy-Drager syndrome
  • a peripheral neuropathy e.g., resulting from chemotherapy or other medical therapies
  • cenfral nervous system diseases e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and Shy-Drager syndrome
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, or agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may be used to treat, prevent, diagnose, and/or prognose gasfrointestinal disorders, including inflammatory diseases and/or conditions, infections, cancers (e.g., intestinal neoplasms (carcinoid tumor ofthe small intestine, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma ofthe small intestine, small bowl lymphoma)), and ulcers, such as peptic ulcers.
  • cancers e.g., intestinal neoplasms (carcinoid tumor ofthe small intestine, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma ofthe small intestine, small bowl lymphoma)
  • ulcers such as peptic ulcers.
  • Gastrointestinal disorders include dysphagia, odynophagia, inflammation of the esophagus, peptic esophagitis, gastric reflux, submucosal fibrosis and stricturing, Mallory- Weiss lesions, leiomyomas, lipomas, epidermal cancers, adeoncarcinomas, gastric retention disorders, gastroenteritis, gastric atrophy, gastric/stomach cancers, polyps ofthe stomach, autoimnrane disorders such as pernicious anemia, pyloric stenosis, gastritis (bacterial, viral, eosinophilic, stress-induced, chronic erosive, atrophic, plasma cell, and Menetrier's), and peritoneal diseases (e.g., chyloperioneum, hemoperitoneum, mesenteric cyst, mesenteric lymphadenitis, mesenteric vascular occlusion, panniculitis, neoplasms, periton
  • Gastrointestinal disorders also include disorders associated, with the small intestine, such as malabso ⁇ tion syndromes, distension, irritable bowel syndrome, ' sugar intolerance, celiac disease, duodenal ulcers, duodenitis, tropical sprue, Whipple's disease, intestinal lymphangiectasia, Crohn's disease, appendicitis, obstructions ofthe ileum, Meckel's diverticulum, multiple diverticula, failure of complete rotation ofthe small and large intestine, lymphoma, and bacterial and parasitic diseases (such as Traveler's dianhea, typhoid and paratyphoid, cholera, infection by Roundworms (Ascariasis lumbricoides), Hookworms (Ancylostoma duodenale), Threadworms (Enterobius vermicularis), Tapeworms (Taenia saginata, Echinococcus granulosus, Diphyllobothrium
  • Liver diseases and/or disorders include infrahepatic cholestasis (alagille syndrome, biliary liver cirrhosis), fatty liver (alcoholic fatty liver, reye syndrome), hepatic vein thrombosis, hepatolentricular degeneration, hepatomegaly, hepatopulmonary syndrome, hepatorenal syndrome, portal hypertension (esophageal and gastric varices), liver abscess (amebic liver abscess), liver cirrhosis (alcoholic, biliary and experimental), alcoholic liver diseases (fatty liver, hepatitis, cinhosis), parasitic (hepatic echinococcosis, fascioliasis, amebic liver abscess), jaundice (hemolytic, hepatocellular, and cholestatic), cholestasis, portal hypertension, liver enlargement, ascites, hepatitis (alcoholic hepatitis, animal hepatitis),
  • Pancreatic diseases and/or disorders include acute pancreatitis, chronic pancreatitis (acute necrotizing pancreatitis, alcoholic pancreatitis), neoplasms (adenocarcinoma ofthe pancreas, cystadenocarcinoma, insulinoma, gastrinoma, and glucagonoma, cystic neoplasms, islet-cell tumors, pancreoblastoma), and other pancreatic diseases (e.g., cystic fibrosis, cyst (pancreatic pseudocyst, pancreatic fistula, insufficiency)).
  • pancreatic diseases e.g., cystic fibrosis, cyst (pancreatic pseudocyst, pancreatic fistula, insufficiency).
  • Gallbladder diseases include gallstones (cholelithiasis and choledocholithiasis), postcholecystectomy syndrome, diverticulosis ofthe gallbladder, acute cholecystitis, chronic cholecystitis, bile duct tumors, and mucocele.
  • Diseases and/or disorders ofthe large intestine include antibiotic-associated colitis, diverticulitis, ulcerative colitis, acquired megacolon, abscesses, fungal and bacterial infections, anorectal disorders (e.g., fissures, hemorrhoids), colonic diseases (colitis, colonic neoplasms [colon cancer, adenomatous colon polyps (e.g., villous adenoma), colon carcinoma, colorectal cancer], colonic diverticulitis, colonic diverticulosis, megacolon [Hirschsprung disease, toxic megacolon]; sigmoid diseases [proctocohtis, sigmoin neoplasms]), constipation, Crohn's disease, diarrhea (infantile diarrhea, dysentery), duodenal diseases (duodenal neoplasms, duodenal obstruction, duodenal ulcer, duodenitis), enteritis (enterocolitis), HIN enteropathy, ileal diseases (
  • biliary tract diseases such as, gasfroschisis, fistula (e.g., biliary fistula, esophageal fistula, gastric fistula, intestinal fistula, pancreatic fistula), neoplasms (e.g., biliary tract neoplasms, esophageal neoplasms, such as adenocarcinoma ofthe esophagus, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, gasfrointestinal neoplasms, pancreatic neoplasms, such as adenocarcinoma ofthe pancreas, mucinous cystic neoplasm ofthe pancreas, pancreatic cystic neoplasms, pancreatoblastoma, and peritoneal neoplasms), esophageal disease (e.g., bullous diseases,
  • Chemotaxis Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may have chemotaxis activity.
  • a chemotaxic molecule attracts or mobilizes cells (e.g., monocytes, fibroblasts, durophils, T-cells, mast cells, eosinophils, epithelial and/or endothehal cells) to a particular site in the body, such as inflammation, infection, or site of hype ⁇ roliferation.
  • the mobilized cells can then fight off and/or heal the particular frauma or abnormality.
  • Polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may increase chemotaxic activity of particular cells. These chemotactic molecules can then be used to treat inflammation, infection, hype ⁇ roliferative disorders, or any immune system disorder by increasing the number of cells targeted to a particular location in the body. For example, chemotaxic molecules can be used to treat wounds and other trauma to tissues by atfracting immune cells to the injured location. Chemotactic molecules ofthe present invention can also attract fibroblasts, which can be used to freat wounds.
  • polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention may inhibit chemotactic activity. These molecules could also be used to treat disorders. Thus, polynucleotides or polypeptides, as well as agonists or antagonists ofthe present invention could be used as an inhibitor of chemotaxis.
  • a polypeptide ofthe present invention may be used to screen for molecules that bind to the polypeptide or for molecules to which the polypeptide binds.
  • the binding ofthe polypeptide and the molecule may activate (agonist), increase, inhibit (antagonist), or decrease activity ofthe polypeptide or the molecule bound.
  • Examples of such molecules include antibodies, oligonucleotides, proteins (e.g., receptors),or small molecules.
  • the molecule is closely related to the natural ligand ofthe polypeptide, e.g., a fragment ofthe ligand, or a natural substrate, a ligand, a structural or functional mimetic. (See, Coligan et al., Current Protocols in Immunology 1(2): Chapter 5 (1991)).
  • the molecule can be closely related to the natural receptor to which the polypeptide binds, or at least, a fragment ofthe receptor capable of being bound by the polypeptide (e.g., active site), hi either case, the molecule can be rationally designed using known techniques.
  • the screening for these molecules involves producing appropriate cells which express the polypeptide.
  • Prefened cells include cells from mammals, yeast, Drosophila, or E. coli.
  • Cells expressing the polypeptide (or cell membrane containing the expressed polypeptide) are then preferably contacted with a test compound potentially containing the molecule to observe binding, stimulation, or inhibition of activity of either the polypeptide or the molecule.
  • the assay may simply test binding of a candidate compound to the polypeptide, wherein binding is detected by a label, or in an assay involving competition with a labeled competitor. Further, the assay may test whether the candidate compound results in a signal generated by binding to the polypeptide.
  • the assay can be carried out using cell-free preparations, polypeptide/molecule affixed to a solid support, chemical libraries, or natural product mixtures.
  • the assay may also simply comprise the steps of mixing a candidate compound with a solution containing a polypeptide, measuring polypeptide/molecule activity or binding, and comparing the polypeptide/molecule activity or binding to a standard.
  • an ELISA assay can measure polypeptide level or activity in a sample (e.g., biological sample) using a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody.
  • the antibody can measure polypeptide level or activity by either binding, directly or indirectly, to the polypeptide or by competing with the polypeptide for a substrate.
  • the receptor to which the polypeptide ofthe present invention binds can be identified by numerous methods known to those of skill in the art, for example, ligand panning and FACS sorting (Coligan, et al., Current Protocols in Immun., 1(2), Chapter 5, (1991)).
  • polyadenylated RNA is prepared from a cell responsive to the polypeptides, for example, NIH3T3 cells which are known to contain multiple receptors for the FGF family proteins, and SC-3 cells, and a cDNA library created from this RNA is divided into pools and used to fransfect COS cells or other cells that are not responsive to the polypeptides.
  • Transfected cells which are grown on glass slides are exposed to the polypeptide ofthe present invention, after they have been labeled.
  • the polypeptides can be labeled by a variety of means including iodination or inclusion of a recognition site for a site-specific protein kinase.
  • the labeled polypeptides can be photoaffinity linked with cell membrane or extract preparations that express the receptor molecule. Cross-linked material is resolved by PAGE analysis and exposed to X-ray film. The labeled complex containing the receptors ofthe polypeptides can be excised, resolved into peptide fragments, and subjected to protein microsequencing. The amino acid sequence obtained from microsequencing would be used to design a set of degenerate oligonucleotide probes to screen a cDNA library to identify the genes encoding the putative receptors.
  • DNA shuffling may be employed to modulate the activities ofthe polypeptide ofthe present invention thereby effectively generating agonists and antagonists of the polypeptide of the present invention. See generally, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,605,793, 5,811,238, 5,830,721, 5,834,252, and 5,837,458, and Patten, P. A., et al, Curr. Opinion Biotechnol. 8:724- 33 (1997); Harayama, S. Trends Biotechnol. 16(2):76-82 (1998); Hansson, L.
  • alteration of polynucleotides and corresponding polypeptides may be achieved by DNA shuffling.
  • DNA shuffling involves the assembly of two or more DNA segments into a desired molecule by homologous, or site-specific, recombination, hi another embodiment, polynucleotides and conesponding polypeptides may be altered by being subjected to random mutagenesis by enor-prone PCR, random nucleotide insertion or other methods prior to recombination, hi another embodiment, one or more components, motifs, sections, parts, domains, fragments, etc., ofthe polypeptide ofthe present invention may be recombined with one or more components, motifs, sections, parts, domains, fragments, etc. of one or more heterologous molecules.
  • the heterologous molecules are family members.
  • the heterologous molecule is a growth factor such as, for example, platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), insulin-like growth factor (IGF-I), transforming growth factor (TGF)-alpha, epidermal growth factor (EGF), fibroblast growth factor (FGF), TGF- beta, bone mo ⁇ hogenetic protein (BMP)-2, BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, BMP-7, activins A and B, decapentaplegic(dpp), 60A, OP-2, dorsalin, growth differentiation factors (GDFs), nodal, MIS, inhibin-alpha, TGF-betal, TGF-beta2, TGF-beta3, TGF- beta5, and glial-derived neurofrophic factor (GDNF).
  • PDGF platelet-derived growth factor
  • IGF-I insulin-like growth factor
  • TGF transforming growth factor
  • EGF epidermal growth factor
  • FGF fibroblast growth factor
  • TGF- beta TGF- beta
  • Biologically active fragments are those exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity ofthe polypeptide ofthe present invention.
  • the biological activity ofthe fragments may include an improved desired activity, or a decreased undesirable activity.
  • this invention provides a method of screening compounds to identify those which modulate the action ofthe polypeptide ofthe present invention.
  • An example of such an assay comprises combining a mammalian fibroblast cell, a the polypeptide ofthe present invention, the compound to be screened and 3[H] thymidine under cell culture conditions where the fibroblast cell would normally proliferate.
  • a control assay may be performed in the absence ofthe compound to be screened and compared to the amount of fibroblast proliferation in the presence ofthe compound to determine if the compound stimulates proliferation by determining the uptake of 3[H] thymidine in each case.
  • the amount of fibroblast cell proliferation is measured by liquid scintillation chromatography which measures the inco ⁇ oration of
  • Both agonist and antagonist compounds may be identified by this procedure.
  • a mammalian cell or membrane preparation expressing a receptor for a polypeptide ofthe present invention is incubated with a labeled polypeptide ofthe present invention in the presence ofthe compound. The ability of the compound to enhance or block this interaction could then be measured.
  • the response of a known second messenger system following interaction of a compound to be screened and the receptor is measured and the ability ofthe compound to bind to the receptor and elicit a second messenger response is measured to determine if the compound is a potential agonist or antagonist.
  • Such second messenger systems include but are not limited to, cAMP guanylate cyclase, ion channels or phosphoinositide hydrolysis. All of these above assays can be used as diagnostic or prognostic markers.
  • the molecules discovered using these assays can be used to freat disease or to bring about a particular result in a patient (e.g., blood vessel growth) by activating or inhibiting the polypeptide/molecule.
  • the assays can discover agents which may inhibit or enhance the production ofthe polypeptides ofthe invention from suitably manipulated cells or tissues. Therefore, the invention includes a method of identifying compounds which bind to a polypeptide ofthe invention comprising the steps of: (a) incubating a candidate binding compound with a polypeptide ofthe present invention; and (b) determining if binding has occurred.
  • the invention includes a method of identifying agonists/antagonists comprising the steps of: (a) incubating a candidate compound with a polypeptide ofthe present invention, (b) assaying a biological activity, and (b) determining if a biological activity ofthe polypeptide has been altered.
  • the invention provides a method of delivering compositions to targeted cells expressing a receptor for a polypeptide ofthe invention, or cells expressing a cell bound form of a polypeptide ofthe invention.
  • polypeptides or antibodies ofthe invention maybe associated with heterologous polypeptides, heterologous nucleic acids, toxins, or prodrugs via hydrophobic, hydropliilic, ionic and/or covalent interactions.
  • the invention provides a method for the specific delivery of compositions ofthe invention to cells by administering polypeptides ofthe invention (including antibodies) that are associated with heterologous polypeptides or nucleic acids, hi one example, the invention provides a method for delivering a therapeutic protein into the targeted cell, hi another example, the invention provides a method for delivering a single stranded nucleic acid (e.g., antisense or ribozymes) or double stranded nucleic acid (e.g., DNA that can integrate into the cell's genome or replicate episomally and that can be transcribed) into the targeted cell.
  • a single stranded nucleic acid e.g., antisense or ribozymes
  • double stranded nucleic acid e.
  • the invention provides a method for the specific destraction of cells (e.g., the destruction of tumor cells) by administering polypeptides ofthe invention (e.g., polypeptides ofthe invention or antibodies ofthe invention) in association with toxins or cytotoxic prodrugs.
  • polypeptides ofthe invention e.g., polypeptides ofthe invention or antibodies ofthe invention
  • toxins cytotoxic prodrugs.
  • toxin compounds that bind and activate endogenous cytotoxic effector systems, radioisotopes, holotoxins, modified toxins, catalytic subunits of toxins, or any molecules or enzymes not normally present in or on the surface of a cell that under defined conditions cause the cell's death.
  • Toxins that may be used according to the methods ofthe invention include, but are not limited to, radioisotopes known in the art, compounds such as, for example, antibodies (or complement fixing containing portions thereof) that bind an inherent or induced endogenous cytotoxic effector system, thymidine kinase, endonuclease, RNAse, alpha toxin, ricin, abrin, Pseudomonas exotoxin A, diphtheria toxin, saporin, momordin, gelonin, pokeweed antiviral protein, alpha-sarcin and cholera toxin.
  • radioisotopes known in the art
  • compounds such as, for example, antibodies (or complement fixing containing portions thereof) that bind an inherent or induced endogenous cytotoxic effector system, thymidine kinase, endonuclease, RNAse, alpha toxin, ricin, abrin, Pseu
  • cytotoxic prodrug is meant a non-toxic compound that is converted by an enzyme, nonnally present in the cell, into a cytotoxic compound.
  • Cytotoxic prodrugs that may be used according to the methods ofthe invention include, but are not limited to, glutamyl derivatives of benzoic acid mustard alkylating agent, phosphate derivatives of etoposide or mitomycin C, cytosine arabinoside, daunorabisin, and phenoxyacetamide derivatives ofdoxorabicin.
  • polypeptides ofthe present invention or the polynucleotides encoding these polypeptides, to screen for molecules which modify the activities ofthe polypeptides ofthe present invention.
  • a method would include contacting the polypeptide ofthe present invention with a selected compound(s) suspected of having antagonist or agonist activity, and assaying the activity of these polypeptides following binding.
  • This invention is particularly useful for screening therapeutic compounds by using the polypeptides ofthe present invention, or binding fragments thereof, in any of a variety of drag screening techniques.
  • the polypeptide or fragment employed in such a test may be affixed to a solid support, expressed on a cell surface, free in solution, or located intracellularly.
  • One method of drag screening utilizes eukaryotic or prokaryotic host cells which are stably transformed with recombinant nucleic acids expressing the polypeptide or fragment. Drugs are screened against such transformed cells in competitive binding assays. One may measure, for example, the formulation of complexes between the agent being tested and a polypeptide ofthe present invention.
  • the present invention provides methods of screening for drugs or any other agents which affect activities mediated by the polypeptides ofthe present 5 invention. These methods comprise contacting such an agent with a polypeptide ofthe present invention or a fragment thereof and assaying for the presence of a complex between the agent and the polypeptide or a fragment thereof, by methods well known in the art. hi such a competitive binding assay, the agents to screen are typically labeled. Following incubation, free agent is separated from that present in bound
  • the amount of free or uncomplexed label is a measure of the ability of a particular agent to bind to the polypeptides ofthe present invention.
  • Another technique for drug screening provides high throughput screening for compounds having suitable binding affinity to the polypeptides ofthe present invention, and is described in great detail in European Patent Application 84/03564,
  • This invention also contemplates the use of competitive drug screening assays in which neutralizing antibodies capable of binding polypeptides ofthe present
  • the 25 invention specifically compete with a test compoxmd for binding to the polypeptides or fragments thereof, h this manner, the antibodies are used to detect the presence of any peptide which shares one or more antigenic epitopes with a polypeptide ofthe invention.
  • the invention also encompasses screening methods for identifying polypeptides and nonpolypeptides that bind polypeptides ofthe invention, and the polypeptide of the invention binding molecules identified thereby. These binding molecules are useful, for example, as agonists and antagonists ofthe polypeptides of the invention. Such agonists and antagonists can be used, in accordance with the invention, in the therapeutic embodiments described in detail, below.
  • This method comprises the steps of: contacting a polypeptide ofthe invention with a plurality of molecules; and identifying a molecule that binds the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the step of contacting the polypeptide ofthe invention with the plurality of molecules maybe effected in a number of ways.
  • Such a procedure would be akin to an affinity chromatographic process, with the affinity matrix being comprised ofthe immobilized polypeptide ofthe invention.
  • the molecules having a selective affinity for the polypeptide ofthe invention can then be purified by affinity selection.
  • the nature of the solid support, process for attachment ofthe polypeptide ofthe invention to the solid support, solvent, and conditions ofthe affinity isolation or selection are largely conventional and well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the individual polypeptides can also be produced by a transformed host cell in such a way as to be expressed on or about its outer surface (e.g., a recombinant phage). Individual isolates can then be "probed" by the polypeptide ofthe invention, optionally in the presence of an inducer should one be required for expression, to determine if any selective affinity interaction takes place between the polypeptide of the invention and the individual clone.
  • the polypeptides Prior to contacting the polypeptide ofthe invention with each fraction comprising individual polypeptides, the polypeptides could first be transfened to a solid support for additional convenience.
  • a solid support may simply be a piece of filter membrane, such as one made of nitrocellulose or nylon, hi this manner, positive clones could be identified from a collection of transformed host cells of an expression library, which harbor a DNA construct encoding a polypeptide having a selective affinity for a polypeptide ofthe invention.
  • the amino acid sequence ofthe polypeptide having a selective affinity for the polypeptide ofthe invention can be determined directly by conventional means or the coding sequence ofthe DNA encoding the polypeptide can frequently be determined more conveniently. The primary sequence can then be deduced from the conesponding DNA sequence.
  • the amino acid sequence is to be determined from the polypeptide itself, one may use microsequencing techniques.
  • the sequencing technique may include mass spectroscopy.
  • Such a wash step may be particularly desirable when the polypeptide of the invention or the plurality of polypeptides is bound to a solid support.
  • the plurality of molecules provided according to this method may be provided by way of diversity libraries, such as random or combinatorial peptide or nonpeptide libraries which can be screened for molecules that specifically bind to a polypeptide ofthe invention.
  • diversity libraries such as random or combinatorial peptide or nonpeptide libraries which can be screened for molecules that specifically bind to a polypeptide ofthe invention.
  • Many libraries are known in the art that can be used, e.g., chemically synthesized libraries, recombinant (e.g., phage display libraries), and in vitro translation-based libraries.
  • In vitro translation-based libraries include but are not limited to those described in PCT Publication No. WO 91/05058 dated Apr. 18, 1991; and Mattheakis et al, 1994, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91 :9022-9026.
  • a benzodiazepine library (see e.g., Bunin et al., 1994, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:4708-4712) can be adapted for use.
  • Peptoid libraries (Simon et al, 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:9367-9371) can also be used.
  • Another example of a library that can be used, in which the amide functionalities in peptides have been permethylated to generate a chemically transformed combinatorial library, is described by Ostresh et al. (1994, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:11138-11142).
  • Non-peptide libraries can be classified broadly into two types: decorated monomers and oligomers.
  • Decorated monomer libraries employ a relatively simple scaffold structure upon which a variety functional groups is added. Often the scaffold will be a molecule with a known useful pharmacological activity. For example, the scaffold might be the benzodiazepine structure.
  • Non-peptide oligomer libraries utilize a large number of monomers that are assembled together in ways that create new shapes that depend on the order ofthe monomers.
  • monomer units that have been used are carbamates, pyrrolinones, and mo ⁇ holinos.
  • the first non-peptide oligomer libraries utilized a single type of monomer and thus contained a repeating backbone. Recent libraries have utilized more than one monomer, giving the libraries added flexibility. Screening the libraries can be accomplished by any of a variety of commonly known methods.
  • screening to identify a molecule that binds a polypeptide ofthe invention can be carried out by contacting the library members with a polypeptide ofthe invention immobilized on a solid phase and harvesting those library members that bind to the polypeptide ofthe invention.
  • panning techniques are described by way of example in Parmley and Smith, 1988, Gene 73:305-318; Fowlkes et al, 1992, BioTechniques 13:422-427; PCT Publication No. WO 94/18318; and in references cited herein.
  • the two-hybrid system for selecting interacting proteins in yeast can be used to identify molecules that specifically bind to a polypeptide ofthe invention.
  • the polypeptide ofthe invention binding molecule is a polypeptide
  • the polypeptide can be conveniently selected from any peptide library, including random peptide libraries, combinatorial peptide libraries, or biased peptide libraries.
  • bias is used herein to mean that the method of generating the library is manipulated so as to restrict one or more parameters that govern the diversity ofthe resulting collection of molecules, in this case peptides.
  • a truly random peptide library would generate a collection of peptides in which the probability of finding a particular amino acid at a given position ofthe peptide is the same for all 20 amino acids.
  • a bias can be infroduced into the library, however, by specifying, for example, that a lysine occur every fifth amino acid or that positions 4, 8, and 9 of a decapeptide library be fixed to include only arginine.
  • many types of biases can be contemplated, and the present invention is not restricted to any particular bias.
  • the present invention contemplates specific types of peptide libraries, such as phage displayed peptide libraries and those that utilize a DNA construct comprising a lambda phage vector with a DNA insert.
  • the polypeptide may have about 6 to less than about 60 amino acid residues, preferably about 6 to about 10 amino acid residues, and most preferably, about 6 to about 22 amino acids, hi another embodiment, a polypeptide of the invention binding polypeptide has in the range of 15-100 amino acids, or 20-50 amino acids.
  • the selected polypeptide ofthe invention binding polypeptide can be obtained by chemical synthesis or recombinant expression.
  • Antisense And Ribozyme are nucleic acids corresponding to the sequences contained in SEQ ID NO:X, or the complementary strand thereof, and/or to nucleotide sequences contained a deposited clone, hi one embodiment, antisense sequence is generated internally by the organism, in another embodiment, the antisense sequence is separately administered (see, for example, O'Comior, Neurochem., 56:560 (1991). Oligodeoxynucleotides as Anitsense Inhibitors of Gene Expression, CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL (1988). Antisense technology can be used to control gene expression through antisense DNA or RNA, or through triple-helix formation.
  • Antisense techniques are discussed for example, in Okano, Neurochem., 56:560 (1991); Oligodeoxynucleotides as Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression, CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL (1988). Triple helix formation is discussed in, for instance, Lee et al., Nucleic Acids Research, 6:3073 (1979); Cooney et al., Science, 241:456 (1988); and Dervan et al., Science, 251:1300 (1991). The methods are based on binding of a polynucleotide to a complementary DNA or RNA.
  • c-myc and c-myb antisense RNA constructs to inhibit the growth ofthe non-lymphocytic leukemia cell line HL-60 and other cell lines was previously described. (Wicksfrom et al. (1988); Anfossi et al. (1989)). These experiments were performed in vitro by incubating cells with the oligoribonucleotide. A similar procedure for in vivo use is described in WO 91/15580.
  • a pair of oligonucleotides for a given antisense RNA is produced as follows: A sequence complimentary to the first 15 bases ofthe open reading frame is flanked by an EcoRl site on the 5 end and a Hin -H site on the 3 end. Next, the pair of oligonucleotides is heated at 90°C for one minute and then annealed in 2X ligation buffer (20mM TRIS HCI pH 7.5, lOmM MgC12, 10MM dithiothreitol (DTT) and 0.2 mM ATP) and then ligated to the EcoRl/Hind IH site ofthe refroviral vector PMV7 (WO 91/15580).
  • 2X ligation buffer 20mM TRIS HCI pH 7.5, lOmM MgC12, 10MM dithiothreitol (DTT) and 0.2 mM ATP
  • the 5' coding portion of a polynucleotide that encodes the mature polypeptide ofthe present invention may be used to design an antisense RNA oligonucleotide of from about 10 to 40 base pairs in length.
  • a DNA oligonucleotide is designed to be complementary to a region ofthe gene involved in transcription thereby preventing transcription and the production ofthe receptor.
  • the antisense RNA oligonucleotide hybridizes to the mRNA in vivo and blocks translation ofthe mRNA molecule into receptor polypeptide.
  • the antisense nucleic acid ofthe invention is produced intracellularly by transcription from an exogenous sequence.
  • RNA antisense nucleic acid
  • a vector or a portion thereof is transcribed, producing an antisense nucleic acid (RNA) ofthe invention.
  • a vector would contain a sequence encoding the antisense nucleic acid ofthe invention.
  • Such a vector can remain episomal or become chromosomally integrated, as long as it can be transcribed to produce the desired antisense RNA.
  • Such vectors can be constructed by recombinant DNA technology methods standard in the art.
  • Vectors can be plasmid, viral, or others known in the art, used for replication and expression in vertebrate cells. Expression ofthe sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention, or fragments thereof, can be by any promoter known in the art to act in vertebrate, preferably human cells.
  • Such promoters can be inducible or constitutive.
  • Such promoters include, but are not limited to, the SV40 early promoter region (Bemoist and Chambon, Nature, 29:304-310 (1981), the promoter contained in the 3' long terminal repeat of Rous sarcoma viras (Yamamoto et al., Cell, 22:787-797 (1980), the he ⁇ es thymidine promoter (Wagner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 78:1441-1445 (1981), the regulatory sequences ofthe metallothionein gene (Brinster et al, Nature, 296:39-42 (1982)), etc.
  • the antisense nucleic acids ofthe invention comprise a sequence complementary to at least a portion of an RNA transcript of a gene of interest.
  • absolute complementarity although preferred, is not required.
  • a sequence "complementary to at least a portion of an RNA,” refened to herein, means a sequence having sufficient complementarity to be able to hybridize with the RNA, forming a stable duplex; in the case of double stranded antisense nucleic acids ofthe invention, a single strand ofthe duplex DNA may thus be tested, or triplex formation may be assayed.
  • the ability to hybridize will depend on both the degree of complementarity and the length ofthe antisense nucleic acid Generally, the larger the hybridizing nucleic acid, the more base mismatches with a RNA sequence ofthe invention it may contain and still form a stable duplex (or triplex as the case may be).
  • One skilled in the art can ascertain a tolerable degree of mismatch by use of standard procedures to determine the melting point ofthe hybridized complex.
  • Oligonucleotides that are complementary to the 5' end ofthe message should work most efficiently at inhibiting translation.
  • sequences complementary to the 3' untranslated sequences of mRNAs have been shown to be effective at inhibiting franslation of mRNAs as well. See generally, Wagner, R., Nature, 372:333-335 (1994).
  • oligonucleotides complementary to either the 5' - or 3' - non- translated, non-coding regions of a polynucleotide sequence ofthe invention could be used in an antisense approach to inhibit franslation of endogenous mRNA.
  • Oligonucleotides complementary to the 5 ' untranslated region ofthe mRNA should include the complement ofthe AUG start codon.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides complementary to mRNA coding regions are less efficient inhibitors of translation but could be used in accordance with the invention.
  • antisense nucleic acids should be at least six nucleotides in length, and are preferably oligonucleotides ranging from 6 to about 50 nucleotides in length, hi specific aspects the oligonucleotide is at least 10 nucleotides, at least 17 nucleotides, at least 25 nucleotides or at least 50 nucleotides.
  • the polynucleotides ofthe invention can be DNA or RNA or chimeric mixtures or derivatives or modified versions thereof, single-stranded or double- stranded.
  • the oligonucleotide can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety, or phosphate backbone, for example, to improve stability ofthe molecule, hybridization, etc.
  • the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:6553-6556 (1989); Lemaifre et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, hybridization-triggered cleavage agent, etc.
  • the antisense oligonucleotide may comprise at least one modified base moiety which is selected from the group including, but not limited to, 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xantme, 4-acetylcytosine, 5 -(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5 -carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-man
  • the antisense oligonucleotide may also comprise at least one modified sugar moiety selected from the group including, but not limited to, arabinose, 2-fluoroarabinose, xylulose, and hexose.
  • the antisense oligonucleotide comprises at least one modified phosphate backbone selected from the group including, but not limited to, a phosphorothioate, a phosphorodithioate, a phosphoramidothioate, a phosphoramidate, a phosphordiamidate, a methylphosphonate, an alkyl phosphotriester, and a formacetal or analog thereof.
  • the antisense oligonucleotide is an a-anomeric oligonucleotide.
  • oligonucleotide forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual b-units, the sfrands run parallel to each other (Gautier et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 15:6625-6641 (1987)).
  • the oligonucleotide is a 2-0-methylribonucleotide (fiioue et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 15:6131-6148 (1987)), or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue et al., FEBS Lett. 215:327-330 (1987)).
  • Polynucleotides ofthe invention may be synthesized by standard methods known in the art, e.g. by use of an automated DNA synthesizer (such as are commercially available from Biosearch, Applied Biosystems, etc.).
  • an automated DNA synthesizer such as are commercially available from Biosearch, Applied Biosystems, etc.
  • phosphorothioate oligonucleotides may be synthesized by the method of Stein et al. (Nucl. Acids Res., 16:3209 (1988))
  • methylphosphonate oligonucleotides can be prepared by use of controlled pore glass polymer supports (Sarin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 85:7448-7451 (1988)), etc.
  • antisense nucleotides complementary to the coding region sequence of the invention could be used, those complementary to the transcribed untranslated region are most preferred.
  • Potential antagonists according to the invention also include catalytic RNA, or a ribozyme (See, e.g., PCT International Publication WO 90/11364, published October 4, 1990; Sarver et al, Science, 247:1222-1225 (1990). While ribozymes that cleave mRNA at site specific recognition sequences can be used to destroy mRNAs conesponding to the polynucleotides ofthe invention, the use of hammerhead ribozymes is preferred. Hammerhead ribozymes cleave mRNAs at locations dictated by flanking regions that form complementary base pairs with the target mRNA. The sole requirement is that the target mRNA have the following sequence of two bases: 5 ' -UG-3 ' . The construction and production of hammerhead ribozymes is well known in the art and is described more fully in Haseloff and Gerlach, Nature,
  • the ribozyme is engineered so that the cleavage recognition site is located near the 5 ' end ofthe mRNA corresponding to the polynucleotides ofthe invention; i.e., to increase efficiency and minimize the intracellular accumulation of non-functional mRNA transcripts.
  • the ribozymes ofthe invention can be composed of modified oligonucleotides (e.g. for improved stability, targeting, etc.) and should be delivered to cells which express the polynucleotides ofthe invention in vivo.
  • DNA constructs encoding the ribozyme may be infroduced into the cell in the same manner as described above for the introduction of antisense encoding DNA.
  • a preferred method of delivery involves using a DNA construct "encoding" the ribozyme under the control of a strong constitutive promoter, such as, for example, pol IH or pol ⁇ promoter, so that fransfected cells will produce sufficient quantities of the ribozyme to destroy endogenous messages and inhibit translation. Since ribozymes unlike antisense molecules, are catalytic, a lower intracellular concentration is required for efficiency.
  • Antagonist/agonist compounds may be employed to inhibit the cell growth and proliferation effects ofthe polypeptides ofthe present invention on neoplastic cells and tissues, i.e. stimulation of angiogenesis of tumors, and, therefore, retard or prevent abnormal cellular growth and proliferation, for example, in tumor formation or growth.
  • the antagonist/agonist may also be employed to prevent hyper- vascular diseases, and prevent the proliferation of epithelial lens cells after extracapsular cataract surgery. Prevention ofthe mitogenic activity ofthe polypeptides ofthe present invention may also be desirous in cases such as restenosis after balloon angioplasty.
  • the antagonist/agonist may also be employed to prevent the growth of scar tissue during wound healing.
  • the antagonist/agonist may also be employed to freat, prevent, and/or diagnose the diseases described herein.
  • the invention provides a method of treating or preventing diseases, disorders, and/or conditions, including but not limited to the diseases, disorders, and/or conditions listed throughout this application, associated with overexpression of a polynucleotide ofthe present invention by administering to a patient (a) an antisense molecule directed to the polynucleotide ofthe present invention, and/or (b) a ribozyme directed to the polynucleotide ofthe present invention. invention, and/or (b) a ribozyme directed to the polynucleotide ofthe present invention
  • polypeptide ofthe present invention may be employed in freatment for stimulating re- vascularization of ischemic tissues due to various disease conditions such as thrombosis, arteriosclerosis, and other cardiovascular conditions. These polypeptide may also be employed to stimulate angiogenesis and limb regeneration, as discussed above.
  • the polypeptide may also be employed for treating wounds due to injuries, bums, post-operative tissue repair, and ulcers since they are mitogenic to various cells of different origins, such as fibroblast cells and skeletal muscle cells, and therefore, facilitate the repair or replacement of damaged or diseased tissue.
  • the polypeptide ofthe present invention may also be employed stimulate neuronal growth and to treat, prevent, and/or diagnose neuronal damage which occurs in certain neuronal disorders or neuro-degenerative conditions such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, and ADDS-related complex.
  • the polypeptide ofthe invention may have the ability to stimulate chondrocyte growth, therefore, they may be employed to enhance bone and periodontal regeneration and aid in tissue transplants or bone grafts.
  • the polypeptide ofthe present invention may be also be employed to prevent skin aging due to sunburn by stimulating keratinocyte growth.
  • the polypeptide ofthe invention may also be employed for preventing hair loss, since FGF family members activate hair-forming cells and promotes melanocyte growth.
  • the polypeptides ofthe present invention may be employed to stimulate growth and differentiation of hematopoietic cells and bone marrow cells when used in combination with other cytokines.
  • the polypeptide ofthe invention may also be employed to maintain organs before fransplantation or for supporting cell culture of primary tissues.
  • the polypeptide ofthe present invention may also be employed for inducing tissue of mesodermal origin to differentiate in early embryos.
  • the polypeptide or polynucleotides and/or agonist or antagonists ofthe present invention may also increase or decrease the differentiation or proliferation of embryonic stem cells, besides, as discussed above, hematopoietic lineage.
  • polypeptide or polynucleotides and/or agonist or antagonists ofthe present invention may also be used to modulate mammalian characteristics, such as body height, weight, hair color, eye color, skin, percentage of adipose tissue, pigmentation, size, and shape (e.g., cosmetic surgery).
  • polypeptides or polynucleotides and/or agonist or antagonists ofthe present invention maybe used to modulate mammalian metabolism affecting catabolism, anabolism, processing, utilization, and storage of energy.
  • a polypeptide, polynucleotide, agonist, or antagonist ofthe present invention may be used to treat weight disorders, including but not limited to, obesity, cachexia, wasting disease, anorexia, and bulimia.
  • Polypeptide or polynucleotides and/or agonist or antagonists ofthe present invention may be used to change a mammal's mental state or physical state by influencing biorhythms, caricadic rhythms, depression (including depressive diseases, disorders, and/or conditions), tendency for violence, tolerance for pain, reproductive capabilities (preferably by Activin or Inhibin-like activity), hormonal or endocrine levels, appetite, libido, memory, stress, or other cognitive qualities.
  • Polypeptide or polynucleotides and/or agonist or antagonists ofthe present invention may also be used as a food additive or preservative, such as to increase or decrease storage capabilities, fat content, lipid, protein, carbohydrate, vitamins, minerals, cofactors or other nutritional components.
  • Preferred Embodiments include an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence which is at least 95% identical to a sequence of at least about 50 contiguous nucleotides in the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X wherein X is any integer as defined in Table 1 A.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

L'invention concerne des nouvelles protéines sécrétées humaines et des acides nucléiques isolés contenant les régions codantes des gènes codant pour de telles protéines. Cette invention concerne également des vecteurs, des cellules hôtes, des anticorps et des procédés de recombinaison permettant de produire des protéines sécrétées humaines. En outre, cette invention concerne des méthodes thérapeutiques et diagnostiques permettant de traiter et de diagnostiquer des maladies, des troubles et/ou des affections associés à ces nouvelles protéines sécrétées humaines.
EP02803305A 2001-11-07 2002-11-06 41 proteines secretees humaines Withdrawn EP1583947A2 (fr)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US33104601P 2001-11-07 2001-11-07
US331046P 2001-11-07
PCT/US2002/035606 WO2003052377A2 (fr) 2001-11-07 2002-11-06 41 proteines secretees humaines

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1583947A2 true EP1583947A2 (fr) 2005-10-12

Family

ID=23292395

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP02803305A Withdrawn EP1583947A2 (fr) 2001-11-07 2002-11-06 41 proteines secretees humaines

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1583947A2 (fr)
AU (1) AU2002365153A1 (fr)
CA (1) CA2478313A1 (fr)
WO (1) WO2003052377A2 (fr)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009001928A1 (fr) * 2007-06-28 2008-12-31 Asubio Pharma Co., Ltd. Peptide ayant une activité hypotensive
MY175896A (en) 2013-07-09 2020-07-14 Annexon Inc Anti-complement factor c1q antibodies and uses thereof
WO2016073685A1 (fr) 2014-11-05 2016-05-12 Annexon, Inc. Anticorps humanisés anti-facteur du compément c1q et leurs utilisations
IL296130A (en) 2015-11-24 2022-11-01 Annexon Inc Anti-complement factor c1q fab fragments and their uses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2478313A1 (fr) 2003-06-26
AU2002365153A1 (en) 2003-06-30
WO2003052377A2 (fr) 2003-06-26
WO2003052377A9 (fr) 2013-10-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8106165B2 (en) Antibodies to HNFIP24 polypeptides
US20070015908A1 (en) 123 human secreted proteins
US20090005301A1 (en) 207 Human Secreted Proteins
US20090042792A1 (en) 18 human secreted proteins
US6919433B2 (en) Antibodies to protein HPMBQ91
WO2001054708A1 (fr) 22 proteines humaines secretees
US20030049618A1 (en) 186 human secreted proteins
US20030175858A1 (en) 186 human secreted proteins
US7932361B2 (en) Antibodies to HT5GJ57
US7838636B1 (en) Antibodies to HWHGU54 polypeptides
WO2001062891A2 (fr) 207 proteines humaines secretees
US20030181692A1 (en) 207 human secreted proteins
EP1268541A1 (fr) 7 proteines humaines ovariennes et proteines associees au cancer des ovaires
US6878806B2 (en) Human secreted protein HTEEB42
US20040034196A1 (en) 98 human secreted proteins
US20040146893A1 (en) 64 human secreted proteins
EP1280815A1 (fr) 29 proteines humaines secretees
US20050037467A1 (en) 83 human secreted proteins
EP1583947A2 (fr) 41 proteines secretees humaines
EP1317472A1 (fr) 17 proteines humaines secretees
EP1322657A1 (fr) Proteines secretees humaines 22
EP1322659A1 (fr) 21 proteines humaines secretees
WO2003038038A2 (fr) Proteines secretees humaines 16
WO2002016576A1 (fr) 11 proteines humaines secretees
EP1423403A2 (fr) 13 proteines de secretion humaine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20040524

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE SK TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: AL LT LV MK RO SI

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION HAS BEEN WITHDRAWN

18W Application withdrawn

Effective date: 20060303